diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'gcc-4.4.3/include')
26 files changed, 8813 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/gcc-4.4.3/include/COPYING b/gcc-4.4.3/include/COPYING new file mode 100644 index 000000000..623b6258a --- /dev/null +++ b/gcc-4.4.3/include/COPYING @@ -0,0 +1,340 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General +Public License instead of this License. diff --git a/gcc-4.4.3/include/COPYING3 b/gcc-4.4.3/include/COPYING3 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..94a9ed024 --- /dev/null +++ b/gcc-4.4.3/include/COPYING3 @@ -0,0 +1,674 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 3, 29 June 2007 + + Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/> + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for +software and other kinds of works. + + The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed +to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast, +the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to +share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free +software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the +GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to +any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you +want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new +free programs, and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you +these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have +certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if +you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same +freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive +or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they +know their rights. + + Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps: +(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License +giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it. + + For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains +that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and +authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as +changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to +authors of previous versions. + + Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run +modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer +can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of +protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic +pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to +use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we +have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those +products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we +stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions +of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users. + + Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents. +States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of +software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to +avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could +make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that +patents cannot be used to render the program non-free. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + 0. Definitions. + + "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License. + + "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of +works, such as semiconductor masks. + + "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this +License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and +"recipients" may be individuals or organizations. + + To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work +in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an +exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the +earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work. + + A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based +on the Program. + + To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without +permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for +infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a +computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying, +distribution (with or without modification), making available to the +public, and in some countries other activities as well. + + To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other +parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through +a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying. + + An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices" +to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible +feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2) +tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the +extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the +work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If +the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a +menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion. + + 1. Source Code. + + The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work +for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source +form of a work. + + A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official +standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of +interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that +is widely used among developers working in that language. + + The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other +than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of +packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major +Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that +Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an +implementation is available to the public in source code form. A +"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component +(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system +(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to +produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it. + + The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all +the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable +work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to +control those activities. However, it does not include the work's +System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free +programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but +which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source +includes interface definition files associated with source files for +the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically +linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require, +such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those +subprograms and other parts of the work. + + The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users +can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding +Source. + + The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that +same work. + + 2. Basic Permissions. + + All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of +copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated +conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited +permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a +covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its +content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your +rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law. + + You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not +convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains +in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose +of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you +with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with +the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do +not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works +for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction +and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of +your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you. + + Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under +the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10 +makes it unnecessary. + + 3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law. + + No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological +measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article +11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or +similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such +measures. + + When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid +circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention +is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to +the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or +modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's +users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of +technological measures. + + 4. Conveying Verbatim Copies. + + You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you +receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and +appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice; +keep intact all notices stating that this License and any +non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code; +keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all +recipients a copy of this License along with the Program. + + You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey, +and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee. + + 5. Conveying Modified Source Versions. + + You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to +produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the +terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified + it, and giving a relevant date. + + b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is + released under this License and any conditions added under section + 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to + "keep intact all notices". + + c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this + License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This + License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7 + additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts, + regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no + permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not + invalidate such permission if you have separately received it. + + d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display + Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive + interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your + work need not make them do so. + + A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent +works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work, +and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program, +in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an +"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not +used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users +beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work +in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other +parts of the aggregate. + + 6. Conveying Non-Source Forms. + + You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms +of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the +machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, +in one of these ways: + + a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product + (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the + Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium + customarily used for software interchange. + + b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product + (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a + written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as + long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product + model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a + copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the + product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical + medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no + more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this + conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the + Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge. + + c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the + written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This + alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and + only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord + with subsection 6b. + + d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated + place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the + Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no + further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the + Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to + copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source + may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party) + that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain + clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the + Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the + Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is + available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements. + + e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided + you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding + Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no + charge under subsection 6d. + + A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded +from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be +included in conveying the object code work. + + A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any +tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family, +or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation +into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product, +doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular +product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a +typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status +of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user +actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product +is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial +commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent +the only significant mode of use of the product. + + "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods, +procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install +and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from +a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must +suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object +code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because +modification has been made. + + If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or +specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as +part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the +User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a +fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the +Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied +by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply +if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install +modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has +been installed in ROM). + + The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a +requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates +for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for +the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a +network may be denied when the modification itself materially and +adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and +protocols for communication across the network. + + Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided, +in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly +documented (and with an implementation available to the public in +source code form), and must require no special password or key for +unpacking, reading or copying. + + 7. Additional Terms. + + "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this +License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions. +Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall +be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent +that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions +apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately +under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by +this License without regard to the additional permissions. + + When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option +remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of +it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own +removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place +additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work, +for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission. + + Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you +add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of +that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms: + + a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the + terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or + + b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or + author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal + Notices displayed by works containing it; or + + c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or + requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in + reasonable ways as different from the original version; or + + d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or + authors of the material; or + + e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some + trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or + + f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that + material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of + it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for + any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on + those licensors and authors. + + All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further +restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you +received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is +governed by this License along with a term that is a further +restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains +a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this +License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms +of that license document, provided that the further restriction does +not survive such relicensing or conveying. + + If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you +must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the +additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating +where to find the applicable terms. + + Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the +form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions; +the above requirements apply either way. + + 8. Termination. + + You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly +provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or +modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under +this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third +paragraph of section 11). + + However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your +license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) +provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and +finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright +holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means +prior to 60 days after the cessation. + + Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is +reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the +violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have +received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that +copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after +your receipt of the notice. + + Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the +licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under +this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently +reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same +material under section 10. + + 9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies. + + You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or +run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work +occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission +to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However, +nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or +modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do +not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a +covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so. + + 10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients. + + Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically +receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and +propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible +for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License. + + An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an +organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an +organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered +work results from an entity transaction, each party to that +transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever +licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could +give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the +Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if +the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts. + + You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the +rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may +not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of +rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation +(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that +any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for +sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it. + + 11. Patents. + + A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this +License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The +work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version". + + A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims +owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or +hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted +by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version, +but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a +consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For +purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant +patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of +this License. + + Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free +patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to +make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and +propagate the contents of its contributor version. + + In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express +agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent +(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to +sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a +party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a +patent against the party. + + If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license, +and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone +to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a +publicly available network server or other readily accessible means, +then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so +available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the +patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner +consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent +license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have +actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the +covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work +in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that +country that you have reason to believe are valid. + + If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or +arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a +covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties +receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify +or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license +you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered +work and works based on it. + + A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within +the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is +conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are +specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered +work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is +in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment +to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying +the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the +parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory +patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work +conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily +for and in connection with specific products or compilations that +contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement, +or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007. + + Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting +any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may +otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law. + + 12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom. + + If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a +covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may +not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you +to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey +the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this +License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program. + + 13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License. + + Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have +permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed +under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single +combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this +License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work, +but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License, +section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the +combination as such. + + 14. Revised Versions of this License. + + The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of +the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + + Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the +Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General +Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the +option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered +version or of any later version published by the Free Software +Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the +GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published +by the Free Software Foundation. + + If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future +versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's +public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you +to choose that version for the Program. + + Later license versions may give you additional or different +permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any +author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a +later version. + + 15. Disclaimer of Warranty. + + THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY +APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT +HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY +OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, +THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR +PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM +IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF +ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 16. Limitation of Liability. + + IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS +THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY +GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE +USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF +DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD +PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), +EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +SUCH DAMAGES. + + 17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16. + + If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided +above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms, +reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates +an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the +Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a +copy of the Program in return for a fee. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + + If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short +notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: + + <program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands +might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box". + + You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school, +if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. +For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see +<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + + The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program +into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you +may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with +the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. But first, please read +<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>. diff --git a/gcc-4.4.3/include/ChangeLog b/gcc-4.4.3/include/ChangeLog new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2bf3bbe64 --- /dev/null +++ b/gcc-4.4.3/include/ChangeLog @@ -0,0 +1,479 @@ +2010-01-21 Release Manager + + * GCC 4.4.3 released. + +2009-10-15 Release Manager + + * GCC 4.4.2 released. + +2009-07-22 Release Manager + + * GCC 4.4.1 released. + +2009-04-21 Release Manager + + * GCC 4.4.0 released. + +2009-03-17 Jason Merrill <jason@redhat.com> + + * demangle.h (enum demangle_component_type): Add + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FUNCTION_PARAM. + +2008-12-10 Jason Merrill <jason@redhat.com> + + * demangle.h (enum demangle_component_type): Add + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FIXED_TYPE. + +2008-11-19 Bob Wilson <bob.wilson@acm.org> + + * xtensa-config.h (XCHAL_HAVE_MUL16, XCHAL_HAVE_MUL32, XCHAL_HAVE_DIV32) + (XCHAL_HAVE_MINMAX, XCHAL_HAVE_SEXT, XCHAL_HAVE_THREADPTR) + (XCHAL_HAVE_RELEASE_SYNC, XCHAL_HAVE_S32C1I): Change to 1. + (XCHAL_NUM_AREGS): Change to 32. + (XCHAL_ICACHE_SIZE, XCHAL_DCACHE_SIZE): Change to 16K. + (XCHAL_ICACHE_LINESIZE, XCHAL_DCACHE_LINESIZE): Change to 32. + (XCHAL_ICACHE_LINEWIDTH, XCHAL_DCACHE_LINEWIDTH): Change to 5. + (XCHAL_DCACHE_IS_WRITEBACK): Change to 1. + (XCHAL_DEBUGLEVEL): Change to 6. + +2008-10-21 Alan Modra <amodra@bigpond.net.au> + + * obstack.h (obstack_finish <!__GNUC__>): Cast result to void *. + +2008-10-06 Jason Merrill <jason@redhat.com> + + * demangle.h (enum demangle_component_type): Add + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_PACK_EXPANSION. + +2008-09-09 Jason Merrill <jason@redhat.com> + + * demangle.h (enum demangle_component_type): Add + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DECLTYPE. + +2008-07-07 Joel Brobecker <brobecker@adacore.com> + + * safe-ctype.h: Add #include of ctype.h before redefining + the ctype.h macros. + +2008-07-04 Joel Brobecker <brobecker@adacore.com> + + * safe-ctype.h: Remove #error when detecting that ctype.h has been + included. Redefine the various macros provided by ctype.h as + undefined variables. + +2008-06-23 Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * libiberty.h (XALLOCA, XDUP, XALLOCAVEC, XDUPVEC, XALLOCAVAR, + XDUPVAR, XOBNEWVEC, XOBNEWVAR): New. + +2008-03-24 Ian Lance Taylor <iant@google.com> + + * sha1.h: New file, from gnulib. + + * md5.h: Add extern "C" when compiled with C++. + +2008-03-21 Ian Lance Taylor <iant@google.com> + + * filenames.h: Add extern "C" when compiled with C++. + +2008-02-11 Bob Wilson <bob.wilson@acm.org> + + * xtensa-config.h (XCHAL_HAVE_THREADPTR): Redefine to zero. + (XCHAL_NUM_AREGS, XCHAL_MAX_INSTRUCTION_SIZE): New. + +2008-01-26 David Daney <ddaney@avtrex.com> + + * demangle.h (demangle_component_type): Add + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_JAVA_RESOURCE, + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COMPOUND_NAME, and + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CHARACTER as new enum values. + (demangle_component): Add struct s_character to union u. + +2007-11-07 Joseph Myers <joseph@codesourcery.com> + Daniel Jacobowitz <dan@codesourcery.com> + + * floatformat.h (struct floatformat): Add split_half field. + (floatformat_ibm_long_double): New. + +2007-09-06 Tom Tromey <tromey@redhat.com> + + * libiberty.h (pex_free): Document process killing. + +2007-08-31 Douglas Gregor <doug.gregor@gmail.com> + + * demangle.h (enum demangle_component_type): Add + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE. + +2007-07-25 Ben Elliston <bje@au.ibm.com> + + * ternary.h: Remove. + +2007-07-18 Bob Wilson <bob.wilson@acm.org> + + * xtensa-config.h (XCHAL_HAVE_THREADPTR): New. + (XCHAL_HAVE_RELEASE_SYNC, XCHAL_HAVE_S32C1I): New. + +2007-07-17 Nick Clifton <nickc@redhat.com> + + * COPYING3: New file. Contains version 3 of the GNU General + Public License. + +2007-07-12 Kai Tietz <kai.tietz@onevision.com> + + * splay-tree.h (libi_uhostptr_t, libi_shostptr_t): New types, + needed for WIN64 when a long is not wide enough for a pointer. + (splay_tree_key, splay_tree_value): Use the new types. + +2007-05-07 Nathan Froyd <froydnj@codesourcery.com> + + * libiberty.h (writeargv): Declare. + +2007-04-25 Mark Mitchell <mark@codesourcery.com> + + * demangle.h: Change license to LGPL + exception. + +2007-03-29 Joel Brobecker <brobecker@adacore.com> + + * filenames.h (FILENAME_CMP): Adjust define to call filename_cmp + regardless of the type of file system. + +2007-03-06 Jan Hubicka <jh@suse.cz> + + * ansidecl.h (ATTRIBUTE_COLD, ATTRIBUTE_HOT): New. + +2007-02-09 Joseph S. Myers <joseph@codesourcery.com> + + * libiberty.h (pex_write_input): Remove prototype. + +2007-01-31 Vladimir Prus <vladimir@codesourcery.com> + + * libiberty.h (PEX_STDERR_TO_PIPE): New define. + (PEX_BINARY_ERROR): New define. + (pex_read_err): New function. + +2007-01-29 Simon Baldwin <simonb@google.com> + + * demangle.h: New cplus_demangle_print_callback, + cplus_demangle_v3_callback, and java_demangle_v3_callback function + prototypes, and demangle_callbackref type definition. + +2006-12-06 Nick Clifton <nickc@redhat.com> + + * ansidecl.h (ATTRIBUTE_PACKED): Define. + +2006-11-30 Andrew Stubbs <andrew.stubbs@st.com> + J"orn Rennecke <joern.rennecke@st.com> + + PR driver/29931 + * libiberty.h (make_relative_prefix_ignore_links): Declare. + +2006-11-27 Bob Wilson <bob.wilson@acm.org> + + * xtensa-config.h (XSHAL_ABI): New. + (XTHAL_ABI_WINDOWED, XTHAL_ABI_CALL0): New. + +2006-04-11 Jim Blandy <jimb@codesourcery.com> + + * libiberty.h (pex_input_file, pex_input_pipe): New declarations. + +2006-01-18 DJ Delorie <dj@redhat.com> + + * md5.h: Include ansidecl.h + +2006-01-09 Bob Wilson <bob.wilson@acm.org> + + * xtensa-config.h (XCHAL_HAVE_MUL32_HIGH): Define. + +2005-12-30 Bob Wilson <bob.wilson@acm.org> + + * xtensa-config.h (XCHAL_HAVE_WIDE_BRANCHES): New. + +2005-12-10 Terry Laurenzo <tlaurenzo@gmail.com> + + PR java/9861 + * demangle.h : Add DMGL_RET_POSTFIX define to enable alternative + output format for return types + +2005-10-31 Mark Kettenis <kettenis@gnu.org> + + * floatformat.h (enum floatformat_byteorders): Add + floatformat_vax. + (floatformat_vax_aingle, floatformat_vax_double): Declare. + +2005-09-26 Mark Mitchell <mark@codesourcery.com> + + * libiberty.h (expandargv): New function. + +2005-08-17 Mark Kettenis <kettenis@gnu.org> + + * floatformat.h (struct floatformat): Change type of large + argument for is_valid member to `const void *'. + (floatformat_to_double): Change type of second argument to `const + void *'. + (floatformat_from_double): Change type of last argument to `void + *'. + (floatformat_is_valid): Change type of last argument to `const + void *'. + +2005-07-12 Ben Elliston <bje@au.ibm.com> + + * xregex2.h (regexec): Qualify this prototype with __extension__ + when compiling with GNU C. + +2005-07-03 Steve Ellcey <sje@cup.hp.com> + + PR other/13906 + * ansidecl.h (ATTRIBUTE_ALIGNED_ALIGNOF): New. + * md5.h (md5_uintptr): New. + (md5_ctx): Align buffer field. + +2005-06-30 Daniel Berlin <dberlin@dberlin.org> + + * hashtab.h (HTAB_DELETED_ENTRY): New macro. + (HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY): New macro. + +2005-06-20 Geoffrey Keating <geoffk@apple.com> + + * libiberty.h (strverscmp): Prototype. + +2005-06-06 Gabriel Dos Reis <gdr@integrable-solutions.net> + + * libiberty.h (XOBFINISH): New. + +2005-06-01 Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * libiberty.h (vsnprintf): Add format attribute. + +2005-05-29 Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * ansidecl.h: Add ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF. + +2005-05-28 Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org> + + * libiberty.h: (snprintf) [!HAVE_DECL_SNPRINTF]: Declare if + needed. + (vsnprintf) [!HAVE_DECL_VSNPRINTF]: Declare if needed. + +2005-05-25 Richard Henderson <rth@redhat.com> + + * demangle.h (DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_HIDDEN_ALIAS): New. + +2005-05-24 Gabriel Dos Reis <gdr@integrable-solutions.net> + + * libiberty.h (ACONCAT): Properly cast value of alloca(). + + * ansidecl.h (ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_LABEL): Don't define if + __cplusplus. + +2005-05-12 Steve Ellcey <sje@cup.hp.com> + + libiberty.h: Do not define empty basename prototype. + +2005-05-10 Nick Clifton <nickc@redhat.com> + + * Update the address and phone number of the FSF organization in + the GPL notices in the following files: + COPYING, ansidecl.h, bfdlink.h, bout.h, demangle.h, dis-asm.h, + dyn-string.h, fibheap.h, filenames.h, floatformat.h, + fnmatch.h, gdbm.h, getopt.h, hashtab.h, hp-symtab.h, ieee.h, + libiberty.h, md5.h, oasys.h, objalloc.h, obstack.h, os9k.h, + partition.h, progress.h, safe-ctype.h, sort.h, splay-tree.h, + symcat.h, ternary.h, xregex2.h, xtensa-config.h, + xtensa-isa-internal.h, xtensa-isa.h + +2005-04-25 Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * libiberty.h (unlock_std_streams): New. + +2005-04-19 Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * hashtab.h, libiberty.h, objalloc.h, splay-tree.h, ternary.h: + Don't use the PTR macro. + + * sort.h: Don't use the PARAMS macro. + +2005-04-16 Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * libiberty.h (unlock_stream): New. + +2005-04-13 Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * libiberty.h (fopen_unlocked, fdopen_unlocked, freopen_unlocked): + Remove parameter names. + +2005-04-11 Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * libiberty.h (fopen_unlocked, fdopen_unlocked, freopen_unlocked): + Provide prototypes for new functions. + +2005-03-29 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@airs.com> + + * libiberty.h: Fix indentation. + +2005-03-28 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@airs.com> + + * libiberty.h: Include <stdio.h>. + (PEX_RECORD_TIMES, PEX_USE_PIPES, PEX_SAVE_TEMPS): Define. + (PEX_LAST, PEX_SEARCH, PEX_SUFFIX, PEX_STDERR_TO_STDOUT): Define. + (PEX_BINARY_INPUT, PEX_BINARY_OUTPUT): Define. + (pex_init, pex_run, pex_read_output): Declare. + (pex_get_status, pex_get_times, pex_free, pex_one): Declare. + (struct pex_time): Define. + +2005-03-28 Mark Mitchell <mark@codesourcery.com> + + * libiberty.h (ffs): Declare, if necessary. + +2005-03-27 Gabriel Dos Reis <gdr@integrable-solutions.net> + + * xregex2.h (_RE_ARGS): Remove definition and uses. + +2005-03-27 Gabriel Dos Reis <gdr@integreable-solutions.net> + + * ternary.h: Don't use PARAMS anymore. + +2005-03-27 Gabriel Dos Reis <gdr@integrable-solutions.net> + + * partition.h: Remove use of PARAMS. + * obstack.h: Remove conditional prototypes __STDC__. + * objalloc.h: Remove use of PARAMS. + * splay-tree.h: Likewise. + +2005-03-27 Gabriel Dos Reis <gdr@integrable-solutions.net> + + * md5.h: Remove definition and uses of __P. + * dyn-string.h: Remove uses of PARAMS. + * fibheap.h: Likewise. + * floatformat.h: Likewise. + * hashtab.h: Likewise. + +2005-03-26 Gabriel Dos Reis <gdr@integrable-solutions.net> + + * demangle.h: Remove uses of PARAMS. + + * libiberty.h (ANSI_PROTOTYPES): Remove guard since + ANSI_PROTOTYPES is always assumed. + Remove uses of PARAMS throughout. + +2005-03-24 Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * libiberty.h (xstrndup): Declare. + +2005-03-22 Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * libiberty.h (make_relative_prefix): Add ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC. + +2005-03-09 Mark Mitchell <mark@codesourcery.com> + + * libiberty.h (gettimeofday): Declare. + +2005-03-01 Jan Beulich <jbeulich@novell.com> + + * libiberty.h: Declare unlink_if_ordinary. + +2005-02-14 Paolo Bonzini <bonzini@gnu.org> + + PR bootstrap/19818 + * ansidecl.h (PARAMS): Guard from redefinition. + +2004-12-11 Ben Elliston <bje@au.ibm.com> + + * fibheap.h (struct fibnode): Only use unsigned long bitfields + when __GNUC__ is defined and ints are less than 32-bits wide. + +2004-10-07 Bob Wilson <bob.wilson@acm.org> + + * xtensa-config.h (XSHAL_USE_ABSOLUTE_LITERALS, + XCHAL_HAVE_PREDICTED_BRANCHES, XCHAL_INST_FETCH_WIDTH): New. + (XCHAL_EXTRA_SA_SIZE, XCHAL_EXTRA_SA_ALIGN): Delete. + +2004-09-13 Aaron W. LaFramboise <aaronavay62@aaronwl.com> + + * libiberty.h (basename): Prototype for __MINGW32__. + +2004-09-04 Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * ansidecl.h (ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL): Define. + * libiberty.h (concat, reconcat, concat_length, concat_copy, + concat_copy2): Use ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL. + +2004-08-02 Gabriel Dos Reis <gdr@integrable-solutions.net> + + * libiberty.h (XDELETE, XDELETEVEC, XRESIZEVEC): Remove any + const-qualification before disposal. + +2004-07-24 Bernardo Innocenti <bernie@develer.com> + + * ansidecl.h (ARG_UNUSED): New Macro. + +2004-07-24 Bernardo Innocenti <bernie@develer.com> + + * libiberty.h (XNEW, XCNEW, XNEWVEC, XCNEWVEC, XOBNEW): Move here from + libcpp/internal.h. + (XDELETE, XRESIZEVEC, XDELETEVEC, XNEWVAR, XCNEWVAR, XRESIZEVAR): New + macros. + +2004-07-21 Paolo Bonzini <bonzini@gnu.org> + + * ansidecl.h (ATTRIBUTE_PURE): New. + +2004-07-13 Bernardo Innocenti <bernie@develer.com> + + * libiberty.h (ASTRDUP): Add casts required for stricter + type conversion rules of C++. + * obstack.h (obstack_free): Likewise. + +2004-05-04 Andreas Jaeger <aj@suse.de> + + * demangle.h: Do not use C++ reserved keyword typename as + parameter for cplus_demangle_fill_builtin_type. + +2004-04-22 Richard Henderson <rth@redhat.com> + + * hashtab.h (struct htab): Add size_prime_index. + +2004-04-13 Jeff Law <law@redhat.com> + + * hashtab.h (htab_remove_elt_with_hash): Prototype new function. + +2004-03-30 Zack Weinberg <zack@codesourcery.com> + + * hashtab.h, splay-tree.h: Use new shorter form of GTY markers. + +2004-02-24 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@wasabisystems.com> + + * dyn-string.h: Update copyright date. + +2004-02-23 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@wasabisystems.com> + + * dyn-string.h: Remove test of IN_LIBGCC2 and IN_GLIBCPP_V3 and + the associated #defines. + +2004-01-12 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@wasabisystems.com> + + * demangle.h: Instead of checking ANSI_PROTOTYPES, just include + "libiberty.h". + + * demangle.h: If ANSI_PROTOTYPES is defined, include <stddef.h>. + + * demangle.h (enum demangle_component_type): Define. + (struct demangle_operator_info): Declare. + (struct demangle_builtin_type_info): Declare. + (struct demangle_component): Define. + (cplus_demangle_fill_component): Declare. + (cplus_demangle_fill_name): Declare. + (cplus_demangle_fill_builtin_type): Declare. + (cplus_demangle_fill_operator): Declare. + (cplus_demangle_fill_extended_operator): Declare. + (cplus_demangle_fill_ctor, cplus_demangle_fill_dtor): Declare. + (cplus_demangle_v3_components): Declare. + (cplus_demangle_print): Declare. + +For older changes see ChangeLog-9103 + +Local Variables: +mode: change-log +left-margin: 8 +fill-column: 74 +version-control: never +End: diff --git a/gcc-4.4.3/include/ChangeLog-9103 b/gcc-4.4.3/include/ChangeLog-9103 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3eeb77c1b --- /dev/null +++ b/gcc-4.4.3/include/ChangeLog-9103 @@ -0,0 +1,2682 @@ +2003-12-19 Andreas Tobler <a.tobler@schweiz.ch> + + * include/fibheap.h (fibnode): Use __extension__ for + bit-fields mark and degree if __GNUC__. + +2003-12-18 Kazu Hirata <kazu@cs.umass.edu> + + * include/fibheap.h (fibnode): Use unsigned long int for + bit-fields if __GNUC__ is defined. + +2003-12-19 Andreas Tobler <a.tobler@schweiz.ch> + + * fibheap.h (fibnode): Use __extension__ for + bit-fields mark and degree if __GNUC__. + +2003-12-18 Kazu Hirata <kazu@cs.umass.edu> + + * fibheap.h (fibnode): Use unsigned long int for + bit-fields if __GNUC__ is defined. + +2003-12-04 H.J. Lu <hongjiu.lu@intel.com> + + * bfdlink.h (bfd_link_info): Change relax_finalizing to + need_relax_finalize. + +2003-12-03 Alan Modra <amodra@bigpond.net.au> + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_hash_entry): Rename "next" to "und_next". + +2003-12-02 Alan Modra <amodra@bigpond.net.au> + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_info): Remove mpc860c0 field. + +2003-11-14 Nick Clifton <nickc@redhat.com> + + * dis-asm.h (struct disassemble_info): Add new field + 'symbol_is_valid' which is a function which can tell the + disassembler to skip certain symbols as they should not be + displayed to the user. + (arm_symbol_is_valid): New prototype. This is the ARM + specific function for the symbol_is_valid field. + (generic_symbol_is_valid): New prototype. This is the default + function pointed to by the symbol_is_valid field. + +2003-11-06 Bruno Rohee <bruno@rohee.com> + + * hp-symtab.h: Fix "the the" typo. + +2003-10-24 H.J. Lu <hongjiu.lu@intel.com> + + * bfdlink.h (bfd_elf_version_expr): Add "symbol" and remove + "wildcard". + +2003-10-22 Joseph S. Myers <jsm@polyomino.org.uk> + + * obstack.h: Merge the following change from gnulib: + 2003-10-21 Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> + * obstack.h (obstack_1grow_fast): Properly parenthesize arg. + (obstack_ptr_grow_fast, obstack_int_grow_fast): + Don't use lvalue casts, as GCC plans to remove support for them + in GCC 3.5. Reported by Joseph S. Myers. This bug + was also present in the non-GCC version, indicating that this + code had always been buggy and had never been widely used. + (obstack_1grow, obstack_ptr_grow, obstack_int_grow, obstack_blank): + Use the fast variant of each macro, rather than copying the + definiens of the fast variant; that way, we'll be more likely to + catch future bugs in the fast variants. + +2003-10-22 Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_elf_version_expr): Remove match field. + Add wildcard and mask fields. + (BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE): Define. + (BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE): Likewise. + (BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE): Likewise. + (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head): New. + (struct bfd_elf_version_tree): Add match field. + Change type of globals and locals fields + to struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head. + +2003-09-22 Andrew Cagney <cagney@redhat.com> + + * floatformat.h (struct floatformat): Add field "is_valid". + +2003-09-15 Andrew Cagney <cagney@redhat.com> + + * floatformat.h (floatformat_to_double): Make input buffer constant. + (floatformat_from_double, floatformat_is_valid): Ditto. + +2003-09-15 Andrew Cagney <cagney@redhat.com> + + * floatformat.h (struct floatformat): Make "exp_bias" signed. + +2003-09-15 Daniel Jacobowitz <drow@mvista.com> + + * floatformat.h (floatformat_is_valid): Add prototype. + +2003-08-27 Andrew Cagney <cagney@redhat.com> + + * dis-asm.h (init_disassemble_info): Declare. + (INIT_DISASSEMBLE_INFO): Redefine as a call to + init_disassemble_info. + (INIT_DISASSEMBLE_INFO_NO_ARCH): Ditto. + +2003-08-20 Nick Clifton <nickc@redhat.com> + + * bfdlink.h (enum report_method): New enum. Describes how to + report something. + (struct bfd_link_info): Delete fields 'no_undefined' and + 'allow_shlib_undefined'. Replace with + 'unresolved_symbols_in_objects' and + 'unresolved_symbols_in_shared_libs'. + +2003-08-07 Alan Modra <amodra@bigpond.net.au> + + * bfdlink.h: Remove PARAMS macro. Replace PTR with void *. + * dis-asm.h: Likewise. + +2003-07-09 Bob Wilson <bob.wilson@acm.org> + + * xtensa-config.h: Undef all macros before defining them. + +2003-07-06 H.J. Lu <hongjiu.lu@intel.com> + + * demangle.h: Support C++. + +2003-07-01 Zack Weinberg <zack@codesourcery.com> + + * filenames.h: New file imported from binutils. + +2003-06-30 Bob Wilson <bob.wilson@acm.org> + + * xtensa-config.h: New file imported from binutils. + +2003-06-30 Bob Wilson <bob.wilson@acm.org> + + * xtensa-config.h (XCHAL_HAVE_CONST16, XCHAL_HAVE_ABS, + XCHAL_HAVE_ADDX, XCHAL_HAVE_L32R): Define. + +2003-06-25 Alan Modra <amodra@bigpond.net.au> + + * bfdlink.h: Correct spelling of "relocatable". + +2003-06-22 Zack Weinberg <zack@codesourcery.com> + + * safe-ctype.h (HC_UNKNOWN, HC_ASCII, HC_EBCDIC): Rename to + HOST_CHARSET_UNKNOWN, HOST_CHARSET_ASCII, HOST_CHARSET_EBCDIC + respectively. + +2003-06-21 Zack Weinberg <zack@codesourcery.com> + + * safe-ctype.h (HC_UNKNOWN, HC_ASCII, HC_EBCDIC, HOST_CHARSET): + New #defines. + +2003-06-17 Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * ansidecl.h: Delete HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE GCC bootstrap support. + +2003-05-23 Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_info): Add execstack and noexecstack. + +2003-06-03 H.J. Lu <hongjiu.lu@intel.com> + + * bfdlink.h (LD_DEFINITION_IN_DISCARDED_SECTION): New. + +2003-05-30 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> + Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_info): Add pie and executable + bits. + +2003-05-21 Nick Clifton <nickc@redhat.com> + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_hash_table): Fix typo in comment. + +2003-05-15 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com> + + * libiberty.h (hex_value): Make the value an unsigned int, to + avoid unexpected sign-extension when cast to unsigned types larger + than int --- like bfd_vma, on some platforms. + (_hex_value): Update declaration. + +2003-05-09 Alan Modra <amodra@bigpond.net.au> + + * xtensa-isa-internal.h (xtensa_isa_module_struct): Remove const on + gen_num_opcodes_fn return type. + +2003-05-07 Jason Merrill <jason@redhat.com> + + * hashtab.h (iterative_hash): Prototype. + (iterative_hash_object): New macro. + +2003-04-28 H.J. Lu <hjl@gnu.org> + + * bfdlink.h (bfd_link_info): Add relax_finalizing. + +2003-04-23 H.J. Lu <hjl@gnu.org> + + * bfdlink.h (bfd_link_callbacks): Add error_handler. + +2003-04-02 Bob Wilson <bob.wilson@acm.org> + + * xtensa-config.h: Remove comment indicating that this is a + generated file. + +2003-04-01 Bob Wilson <bob.wilson@acm.org> + + * dis-asm.h (print_insn_xtensa): Declare. + * xtensa-config.h: New file. + * xtensa-isa-internal.h: Likewise. + * xtensa-isa.h: Likewise. + +2003-03-17 Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * ansidecl.h (ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL, ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF, + ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF_1, ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF_2, + ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF_3, ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF_4, + ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF_5): New. + (ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF): Add ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL. + +2003-03-17 Jan Hubicka <jh@suse.cz> + + * hashtab.h (htab_traverse_noresize): Declare. + +2003-02-27 Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * libiberty.h: Document return value of physmem routines. + +2003-02-20 Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * libiberty.h (physmem_total, physmem_available): Prototype. + +2003-02-20 Daniel Jacobowitz <drow@mvista.com> + + * libiberty.h (lrealpath): Add declaration. + +2003-01-31 Grant Grundler <grundler@dsl2.external.hp.com> + + * hppa.h (ldwa, ldda): Add ordered opcodes. + +2003-01-26 Daniel Jacobowitz <drow@mvista.com> + + * hashtab.h (htab_alloc_with_arg, htab_free_with_arg): Add new types. + (struct htab): Add alloc_arg, alloc_with_arg_f, free_with_arg_f. + (htab_create_alloc_ex): New prototype. + (htab_set_functions_ex): New prototype. + +2002-07-17 Geoffrey Keating <geoffk@redhat.com> + + * splay-tree.h (GTY): Define if undefined. + (splay_tree_allocate_fn): Return PTR for compatibility, not void *. + (struct splay_tree_node_s): Support gengtype. + (struct splay_tree_s): Likewise. Make allocate_data a PTR, + not a void *. + +2002-01-02 Ben Elliston <bje@redhat.com> + + * dis-asm.h (print_insn_iq2000): Declare. + +2002-12-24 Dmitry Diky <diwil@mail.ru> + + * dis-asm.h: Add msp430 disassembler prototype. + +2002-12-27 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com> + + * dis-asm.h (print_mips_disassembler_options): Prototype. + +2002-12-23 Alan Modra <amodra@bigpond.net.au> + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_info): Add "strip_discarded". + +2002-12-20 Alan Modra <amodra@bigpond.net.au> + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_info): Replace bfd_boolean fields with + bit-fields. Rearrange to put all like types together. + +2002-11-30 Alan Modra <amodra@bigpond.net.au> + + * bfdlink.h: Replace boolean with bfd_boolean. Formatting. + +2002-11-23 Simon Burge <simonb@wasabisystems.com> + + * libiberty.h (basename): Add NetBSD to the list. + +2002-11-22 Daniel Jacobowitz <drow@mvista.com> + + * libiberty.h (make_relative_prefix): Add prototype. + +2002-11-14 Egor Duda <deo@logos-m.ru> + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_info): Add new boolean + field pei386_runtime_pseudo_reloc. + +2002-10-26 Roger Sayle <roger@eyesopen.com> + + * partition.h: Close the extern "C" scope when compiling with C++. + +2002-10-26 Roger Sayle <roger@eyesopen.com> + DJ Delorie <dj@redhat.com> + + PR bootstrap/8351 + * getopt.h: Avoid prototyping getopt with no arguments in C++. + +2002-10-24 Nathan Tallent <eraxxon@alumni.rice.edu> + + * ansidecl.h (__STDC__): Add (__alpha && __cplusplus) to the + list of platform compilers that may look, smell and act + like __STDC__ but that may not define it. + +2002-10-11 David O'Brien <obrien@FreeBSD.org> + + * getopt.h: getopt is in unistd.h (based on SUSv2). + +2002-09-26 Andrew Cagney <ac131313@redhat.com> + + * regs/: Delete directory. + +2002-09-19 Alexandre Oliva <aoliva@redhat.com> + + * libiberty.h (asprintf, vasprintf): Don't declare them if the + corresponding HAVE_DECL_ macro is 1. + +2002-09-19 Nathan Tallent <eraxxon@alumni.rice.edu> + + * dis-asm.h: Remove (errant) trailing semicolon (;) from the + extern "C" { } declaration. + +2002-09-04 Nick Clifton <nickc@redhat.com> + + * dis-asm.h (print_ppc_disassembler_options): Prototype. + +2002-08-28 Michael Hayes <m.hayes@elec.canterbury.ac.nz> + + * dis-asm.h: Add standard disassembler for tic4x. + +2002-08-07 H.J. Lu <hjl@gnu.org> + + * bfdlink.h (bfd_link_info): Add allow_undefined_version. + (bfd_elf_version_expr): Add symver and script. + +2002-07-31 Ian Dall <ian@sibyl.beware.dropbear.id.au> + + * bfdlink.h (bfd_link_common_skip_ar_symbols): New enum. + (struct bfd_link_info): Add new field 'common_skip_ar_symbols'. + +2002-07-19 Denis Chertykov <denisc@overta.ru> + Matthew Green <mrg@redhat.com> + + * dis-asm.h (print_insn_ip2k): Declare. + +2002-07-01 Alan Modra <amodra@bigpond.net.au> + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_sym_chain): Declare. + (struct bfd_link_info): Add gc_sym_list. Formatting fixes. + +2002-06-25 Alan Modra <amodra@bigpond.net.au> + + * demangle.h: #include "ansidecl.h" rather than #include <ansidecl.h>. + * fibheap.h: Likewise. + * hashtab.h: Likewise. + * partition.h: Likewise. + * sort.h: Likewise. + * splay-tree.h: Likewise. + +2002-06-24 Alan Modra <amodra@bigpond.net.au> + + * libiberty.h (basename): Don't declare if HAVE_DECL_BASENAME. + * getopt.h (getopt): Don't declare if HAVE_DECL_GETOPT. + +2002-06-18 Dave Brolley <brolley@redhat.com> + + From Catherine Moore: + * dis-asm.h (print_insn_frv): New prototype. + +2002-06-09 Andrew Cagney <cagney@redhat.com> + + * remote-sim.h: Move to directory gdb/. + * callback.h: Move to directory gdb/. + +2002-06-07 Charles Wilson <cwilson@ece.gatech.edu> + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_info): Change type of + pei386_auto_import field to int so that -1 can mean enabled by + default and 1 can mean enabled by command line switch. + +2002-06-06 DJ Delorie <dj@redhat.com> + + * hashtab.h (htab): Rearrange new members for backward + compatibility. + (htab_create): Don't use a macro that requires other headers. + +2002-06-05 Geoffrey Keating <geoffk@redhat.com> + + * hashtab.h (htab_create): Restore prototype for backward + compatibility. + (htab_try_create): Likewise. + +2002-05-22 Geoffrey Keating <geoffk@redhat.com> + + * hashtab.h (struct htab): Update for change to length specifier. + +2002-05-10 Geoffrey Keating <geoffk@redhat.com> + + * hashtab.h (GTY): Define if undefined. + (htab_alloc): New typedef. + (htab_free): New typedef. + (struct htab): Support gengtype; allow user-specified memory + allocation. + (htab_create_alloc): New. + (htab_create): Replace with #define. + (htab_try_create): Delete. + +2002-05-28 Kuang Hwa Lin <kuang@sbcglobal.net> + + * dis-asm.h: Prototype print_insn_dlx. + +2002-05-23 Andrew Cagney <ac131313@redhat.com> + + * sim-d10v.h: Delete file. Moved to include/gdb/. + +2002-05-21 H.J. Lu (hjl@gnu.org) + + * bfdlink.h (bfd_link_info): Add allow_multiple_definition. + +2002-05-17 J"orn Rennecke <joern.rennecke@superh.com> + + * dis-asm.h (print_insn_shl, print_insn_sh64l): Remove prototype. + +2002-04-16 David S. Miller <davem@redhat.com> + + * xregex2.h (__restrict_arr): Define to __restrict on GCC + 3.1 and later. Do not redefine. + +2002-04-01 Phil Edwards <pme@gcc.gnu.org> + + * dyn-string.h: Also allow IN_GLIBCPP_V3 to redefine names. + +2002-03-10 Daniel Jacobowitz <drow@mvista.com> + + * gdb: New directory. + +2002-03-06 Andrew Cagney <ac131313@redhat.com> + + * floatformat.h (floatformat_arm_ext): Delete declaration. + +2002-02-21 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com> + + Allow the user to specify functions for allocating memory for + splay tree roots and nodes. + * splay-tree.h (splay_tree_allocate_fn, splay_tree_deallocate_fn): + New types. + (splay_tree): New fields: `allocate', `deallocate', and + `allocate_data'. + (splay_tree_new_with_allocator): New function declaration. + +2002-02-15 Alan Modra <amodra@bigpond.net.au> + + Support arbitrary length fill patterns. + * bfdlink.h (enum bfd_link_order_type): Remove bfd_fill_link_order. + (struct bfd_link_order): Remove fill. Add data.size. + +2002-02-08 Alexandre Oliva <aoliva@redhat.com> + + Contribute sh64-elf. + 2000-11-25 Hans-Peter Nilsson <hpn@cygnus.com> + * dis-asm.h (print_insn_sh64): New prototype. + (print_insn_sh64l): New prototype. + (print_insn_sh64x_media): New prototype. + +2002-02-05 Frank Ch. Eigler <fche@redhat.com> + + * dis-asm.h (disassemble_info): New field `insn_sets'. + (INIT_DISASSEMBLE_INFO): Clear it. + +2002-02-05 Jason Merrill <jason@redhat.com> + + * demangle.h (cplus_demangle_v3): Add "options" parm. + (cplus_demangle_v3_type): Remove prototype. + (DMGL_VERBOSE): New macro. + (DMGL_TYPES): New macro. + +2002-02-02 H.J. Lu (hjl@gnu.org) + + * demangle.h (cplus_demangle_v3_type): New prototype. + +2002-01-31 Ivan Guzvinec <ivang@opencores.org> + + * dis-asm.h : Add support for or32 targets + +2002-01-28 Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * libiberty.h (C_alloca): Add ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC. + +2002-01-27 David O'Brien <obrien@FreeBSD.org> + + * cgen.h (BFD_VERSION): Use BFD_VERSION_DATE instead. + +2001-12-14 Nick Clifton <nickc@cambridge.redhat.com> + + * dis-asm.h (INIT_DISASSEMBLE_INFO_NO_ARCH): Initialise the + disassembler_options field (to NULL). + +2001-12-13 Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_info): Add eh_frame_hdr field. + +2001-12-07 Geoffrey Keating <geoffk@redhat.com> + + * dis-asm.h (print_insn_xstormy16): Declare. + +2001-12-06 Richard Henderson <rth@redhat.com> + + * demangle.h (no_demangling): New. + (NO_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING): New. + +2001-11-14 Alan Modra <amodra@bigpond.net.au> + + * dis-asm.h (print_insn_i386): Declare. + +2001-11-11 Timothy Wall <twall@alum.mit.edu> + + * dis-asm.h: Fix comment to refer to octets rather than bytes. + +2001-10-30 Hans-Peter Nilsson <hp@bitrange.com> + + * dis-asm.h (print_insn_mmix): Add prototype. + +2001-10-24 Neil Booth <neil@daikokuya.demon.co.uk> + + * safe-ctype.h (_sch_isbasic, IS_ISOBASIC): New. + +2001-10-22 Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * libiberty.h (hex_init): Revert delete. + + * libiberty.h (_hex_value): Const-ify. + (hex_init): Delete. + +2001-10-16 Christopher Faylor <cgf@redhat.com> + + * filenames.h: Add cygwin to the list of dosish style path systems. + +2001-10-07 Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * demangle.h (demangler_engine): Const-ify. + * libiberty.h (buildargv): Likewise. + +2001-10-03 Vassili Karpov <malc@pulsesoft.com> + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_info): Add nocopyreloc field. + +2001-09-24 Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * libiberty.h (reconcat): New function. + +2001-09-18 Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * libiberty.h (concat, concat_length, concat_copy, concat_copy2, + ACONCAT): Improve comments. + +2001-09-18 Alan Modra <amodra@bigpond.net.au> + + * objalloc.h (OBJALLOC_ALIGN): Define using offsetof. + +2001-09-17 Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * libiberty.h (concat_length, concat_copy, concat_copy2, + libiberty_concat_ptr, ACONCAT): New. + + * libiberty.h (ASTRDUP): New macro. + libiberty_optr, libiberty_nptr, libiberty_len): Declare. + +2001-08-29 Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * ansidecl.h: Update comments reflecting previous change. + +2001-08-27 Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * ansidecl.h (VA_OPEN, VA_CLOSE): Allow multiple uses. + +2001-08-25 Nick Clifton <nickc@cambridge.redhat.com> + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_info): Change 'spare_dynamic_tags' to + unsigned to remove a compile time warning message. + +2001-08-24 H.J. Lu <hjl@gnu.org> + + * bfdlink.h (bfd_link_hash_table_type): New. The linker hash + table type, bfd_link_generic_hash_table and + bfd_link_elf_hash_table. + (bfd_link_hash_table): Add a new field, type, for the linker + hash table type. + +2001-08-23 Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_info): Add combreloc and + spare_dynamic_tags fields. + +2001-08-23 Lars Brinkhoff <lars@nocrew.org> + + * dyn-string.h, fibheap.h, partition.h, sort.h, splay-tree.h: + replace "GNU CC" with "GCC". + +2001-08-21 Richard Henderson <rth@redhat.com> + + * fibheap.h: Tidy formatting. + (fibnode_t): Limit degree to 31 bits to avoid warning. + +2001-08-20 Daniel Berlin <dan@cgsoftware.com> + + * fibheap.h: New file. Fibonacci heap. + +2001-08-20 Andrew Cagney <ac131313@redhat.com> + + * floatformat.h (floatformat_arm_ext): Document as deprecated. + (floatformat_arm_ext_big, floatformat_arm_ext_littlebyte_bigword) + (floatformat_ia64_spill_little, floatformat_ia64_quad_little) + (floatformat_ia64_spill_big, floatformat_ia64_quad_big) + (floatformat_m88110_harris_ext): Declare. + +2001-08-18 Zack Weinberg <zackw@panix.com> + + * ansidecl.h: Reorganize for readability, remove documentation + of obsolete macros, document PARAMS and VPARAMS. Add new + macros VA_OPEN, VA_CLOSE, and VA_FIXEDARG for nicer variadic + function implementation. + +2001-08-16 Richard Henderson <rth@redhat.com> + + * hashtab.h (htab_hash_string): Declare. + +2001-08-10 Andrew Cagney <ac131313@redhat.com> + + * libiberty.h (lbasename): Change function declaration to return a + const char pointer. + +2001-08-02 Mark Kettenis <kettenis@gnu.org> + + * xregex.h (_REGEX_RE_COMP): Define. + (re_comp): Define to xre_comp. + (re_exec): Define to xre_exec. + +2001-08-02 Charles Wilson <cwilson@ece.gatech.edu> + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_info): add new boolean + field pei386_auto_import. + +2001-07-18 Andreas Jaeger <aj@suse.de> + + * xregex2.h: Place under LGPL version 2.1. + +2001-07-10 Jeff Johnston <jjohnstn@redhat.com> + + * xregex.h: New file to support libiberty regex. + * xregex2.h: Ditto. + +2001-06-15 Hans-Peter Nilsson <hp@axis.com> + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_info): New member export_dynamic. + +2001-05-16 Matt Kraai <kraai@alumni.carnegiemellon.edu> + + * partition.h: Fix misspelling of `implementation'. + +2001-05-10 Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * ansidecl.h (NULL_PTR): Delete. + +2001-05-07 Zack Weinberg <zackw@stanford.edu> + + * demangle.h: Use PARAMS for all prototypes. + * ternary.h: Use PARAMS for all prototypes. Use PTR, not void *. + Make arguments constant where possible. + +2001-05-07 Mark Mitchell <mark@codesourcery.com> + + * splay-tree.h (splay_tree_max): New function. + (splay_tree_min): Likewise. + +2001-04-27 Johan Rydberg <jrydberg@opencores.org> + + * dis-asm.h (print_insn_openrisc): Add prototype. + +2001-04-15 Daniel Berlin <dan@cgsoftware.com> + + * ternary.h: New file - Ternary search tree header. + +2001-04-13 Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> + + * bfdlink.h (bfd_link_discard): Add discard_sec_merge. + +2001-04-03 Zack Weinberg <zackw@stanford.edu> + + * ansidecl.h: All logic from gcc/gansidecl.h moved here. + +2001-03-31 Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * libiberty.h (alloca): Handle setting C_ALLOCA. + +2001-03-20 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com> + + * demangle.h (enum gnu_v3_constructor_kinds, + is_gnu_v3_mangled_ctor, enum gnu_v3_destructor_kinds, + is_gnu_v3_mangled_dtor): New declarations. + +2001-03-14 Nick Clifton <nickc@redhat.com> + + * ansidecl.h: Fix copyright dates. + * demangle.h: Fix copyright dates. + * floatformat.h: Fix copyright dates. + * fnmatch.h: Fix copyright dates. + * getopt.h: Fix copyright dates. + * libiberty.h: Add FSF copyright notice. + * md5.h: Fix copyright dates. + * obstack.h: Fix copyright dates. + * splay-tree.h: Fix copyright dates. + +2001-03-10 Neil Booth <neil@daikokuya.demon.co.uk> + John David Anglin <dave@hiauly1.hia.nrc.ca> + + * libiberty.h: Add lbasename. + +2001-03-06 Zack Weinberg <zackw@stanford.edu> + + * libiberty.h: Prototype C_alloca; define alloca to either + __builtin_alloca or C_alloca as appropriate. + +2001-03-01 John David Anglin <dave@hiauly1.hia.nrc.ca> + + * safe-ctype.h (_sch_test): Cast enum bit to unsigned short int for pcc + compatibility. + +2001-02-18 lars brinkhoff <lars@nocrew.org> + + * dis-asm.h: Add PDP-11 target. + +2001-02-09 Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com> + + * dis-asm.h: Add linux target for S/390. + +2001-01-11 Peter Targett <peter.targett@arccores.com> + + * dis-asm.h (arc_get_disassembler): Correct declaration. + +2001-01-09 Philip Blundell <philb@gnu.org> + + * bin-bugs.h (REPORT_BUGS_TO): Set to `bug-binutils@gnu.org'. + +2000-12-18 Joseph S. Myers <jsm28@cam.ac.uk> + + * COPYING: Update to current + ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/Licenses/COPYING-2.0 (fixes references + to 19yy as example year in copyright notice). + +2000-12-19 Hans-Peter Nilsson <hp@bitrange.com> + + * dis-asm.h (struct disassemble_info): New member "section". + (INIT_DISASSEMBLE_INFO_NO_ARCH): Initialize private_data member. + Initialize section member. + +2000-12-16 Herman A.J. ten Brugge <Haj.Ten.Brugge@net.HCC.nl> + + * safe-ctype.h: Make code work on all targets and not just on + targets where a char is 8 bits. + +2000-12-10 Fred Fish <fnf@be.com> + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_info): Add new allow_shlib_undefined + member to struct for systems where it is normal to have undefined + symbols in shared libraries at runtime and the runtime linker + takes care of redirecting them. + +2000-12-07 Zack Weinberg <zack@wolery.stanford.edu> + + * safe-ctype.h: New file. + +2000-12-06 Rodney Brown <RodneyBrown@mynd.com> + + * getopt.h obstack.h: Standarize copyright statement. + +2000-12-04 Richard Henderson <rth@redhat.com> + + * demangle.h: Change "new_abi" to "v3" everywhere. + +2000-11-22 Zack Weinberg <zack@wolery.stanford.edu> + + * libiberty.h: Move #includes to top. Prototype xmalloc_failed. + +2000-11-15 Kenneth Block <kenneth.block@compaq.com> + + * demangle.h: Add gnat and java demangle styles. + +2000-11-04 Hans-Peter Nilsson <hp@bitrange.com> + + * hashtab.h (struct htab): Add member return_allocation_failure. + (htab_try_create): New prototype. Mention which functions may + return NULL when this is used. + +2000-11-03 Hans-Peter Nilsson <hp@bitrange.com> + + * hashtab.h: Change void * to PTR where necessary. + +2000-10-11 Mark Mitchell <mark@codesourcery.com> + + * splay-tree.h (splay_tree_predecessor): Declare. + +2000-09-29 Hans-Peter Nilsson <hp@axis.com> + + * dis-asm.h: Declare cris_get_disassembler, not print_insn_cris. + Fix typo in comment. + +2000-09-28 John David Anglin <dave@hiauly1.hia.nrc.ca> + + * alloca-conf.h: New file (copied from libiberty). + +2000-09-05 John David Anglin <dave@hiauly1.hia.nrc.ca> + + * md5.h (md5_uint32): Choose via INT_MAX instead of UINT_MAX. + +2000-09-04 Alex Samuel <samuel@codesourcery.com> + + * dyn-string.h: Adjust formatting. + (dyn_string_insert_char): New macro. New declaration. + +2000-08-28 Jason Merrill <jason@redhat.com> + + * md5.h: New file. + +2000-08-24 Greg McGary <greg@mcgary.org> + + * libiberty.h (ARRAY_SIZE): New macro. + +2000-07-29 Nick Clifton <nickc@cygnus.com> + + * os9k.h: Add copyright notice. + Fix formatting. + +2000-07-22 Jason Eckhardt <jle@cygnus.com> + + * dis-asm.h (print_insn_i860): Add prototype. + +2000-07-20 H.J. Lu <hjl@gnu.org> + + * bfdlink.h (bfd_link_info): Add new_dtags. + +2000-07-20 Hans-Peter Nilsson <hp@axis.com> + + * dis-asm.h (print_insn_cris): Declare. + +2000-07-19 H.J. Lu (hjl@gnu.org) + + * bfdlink.h (bfd_link_info): Add flags and flags_1. + +2000-06-05 DJ Delorie <dj@redhat.com> + + * MAINTAINERS: new + +2000-06-21 Alex Samuel <samuel@codesourcery.com> + + * dyn-string.h (dyn_string_init, dyn_string_new, + dyn_string_delete, dyn_string_release, dyn_string_resize, + dyn_string_clear, dyn_string_copy, dyn_string_copy_cstr, + dyn_string_prepend, dyn_string_prepend_cstr, dyn_string_insert, + dyn_string_insert_cstr, dyn_string_append, dyn_string_append_cstr, + dyn_string_append_char, dyn_string_substring_dyn_string_eq): + Define as same name with __cxa_ prepended, if IN_LIBGCC2. + (dyn_string_init, dyn_string_copy, dyn_string_copy_cstr, + dyn_string_prepend, dyn_string_prepend_cstr, dyn_string_insert, + dyn_string_insert_cstr, dyn_string_append, dyn_string_append_cstr, + dyn_string_append_char, dyn_string_substring): Change return type + to int. + +2000-06-18 Stephane Carrez <stcarrez@worldnet.fr> + + * dis-asm.h (print_insn_m68hc12): Define. + (print_insn_m68hc11): Likewise. + +2000-06-18 Nick Clifton <nickc@redhat.com> + + * os9k.h: Change values of MODSYNC and CRCCON due to bug report + from Russ Magee <rmagee@home.com>. + +2000-06-07 Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * demangle.h (demangling_styles): Remove trailing comma in enum. + + * dyn-string.h (dyn_string_append_char): Change parameter from + char to int. + +2000-06-04 Alex Samuel <samuel@codesourcery.com> + + * dyn-string.h: Move here from gcc/dyn-string.h. Add new functions. + + * demangle.h (DMGL_GNU_NEW_ABI): New macro. + (DMGL_STYLE_MASK): Or in DMGL_GNU_NEW_ABI. + (current_demangling_style): Add gnu_new_abi_demangling. + (GNU_NEW_ABI_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING): New macro. + (GNU_NEW_ABI_DEMANGLING): Likewise. + (cplus_demangle_new_abi): New declaration. + +Tue May 30 16:53:34 2000 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com> + + * floatformat.h (struct floatformat): Add field name. + +2000-05-26 Eli Zaretskii <eliz@is.elta.co.il> + + * filenames.h: New file. + (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM, IS_DIR_SEPARATOR) + (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH, FILENAME_CMP): New macros. + +2000-05-23 Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * getopt.h (getopt): Also check HAVE_DECL_* when prototyping. + + * libiberty.h (basename): Likewise. + +2000-05-17 S. Bharadwaj Yadavalli <sby@scrugs.lkg.dec.com> + Rick Gorton <gorton@scrugs.lkg.dec.com> + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_info): Add emitrelocations flag. + +2000-05-08 Alan Modra <alan@linuxcare.com.au> + + * dis-asm.h (print_insn_tic54x): Declare. + +2000-05-06 Zack Weinberg <zack@wolery.cumb.org> + + * ansidecl.h: #define __extension__ to nothing if + GCC_VERSION < 2008. + +2000-05-04 Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * demangle.h (demangler_engine): Constify. + +Thu May 4 17:15:26 2000 Philippe De Muyter <phdm@macqel.be> + + * sort.h (sys/types.h): File included unconditionnaly. + (stddef.h): File include only #ifdef __STDC__. + +2000-05-03 Zack Weinberg <zack@wolery.cumb.org> + + * symcat.h: Remove #endif label. + +2000-04-28 Kenneth Block <block@zk3.dec.com> + Jason Merrill <jason@casey.cygnus.com> + + * demangle.h (libiberty_demanglers): new table for different styles. + (cplus_demangle_set_style): New function for setting style. + (cplus_demangle_name_to_style): New function to translate name. + +2000-04-24 Mark Mitchell <mark@codesourcery.com> + + * hashtab.h (hash_pointer): Declare. + (eq_pointer): Likewise. + +2000-04-23 Mark Mitchell <mark@codesourcery.com> + + * sort.h: New file. + +Fri Apr 21 13:20:53 2000 Richard Henderson <rth@cygnus.com> + David Mosberger <davidm@hpl.hp.com> + + * dis-asm.h (print_insn_ia64): Declare. + +Tue Apr 18 16:22:30 2000 Richard Kenner <kenner@vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu> + + * hashtab.h (enum insert_option): New type. + (htab_find_slot, htab_find_slot_with_hash): Use it. + +2000-04-17 Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * symcat.h: Honor autoconf macro HAVE_STRINGIZE. Add + comments/caveats with regard to traditional C behavior. + +2000-04-05 Richard Henderson <rth@cygnus.com> + + * splay-tree.h (splay_tree_remove): Declare. + +2000-04-04 Alan Modra <alan@linuxcare.com.au> + + * bin-bugs.h (REPORT_BUGS_TO): Remove translated part. + +2000-04-03 Alan Modra <alan@linuxcare.com.au> + + * bin-bugs.h: New file. + +2000-03-30 Mark Mitchell <mark@codesourcery.com> + + * hashtab.h (hashval_t): New type. + (htab_find_with_hash): Use it as an argument. + (htab_find_slot_with_hash): Likewise. + +2000-03-27 Denis Chertykov <denisc@overta.ru> + + * dis-asm.h (print_insn_avr): Declare. + +2000-03-14 Bernd Schmidt <bernds@cygnus.co.uk> + + * hashtab.h (htab_trav): Modify type so that first arg is of type + void **. + (htab_find_with_hash, htab_find_slot_with_hash): Declare new + functions. + +2000-03-09 Alex Samuel <samuel@codesourcery.com> + + * partition.h: New file. + +2000-03-09 Zack Weinberg <zack@wolery.cumb.org> + + * hashtab.h (struct htab): Add del_f. + (htab_del): New type. + (htab_create): Add fourth argument. + +2000-03-08 Zack Weinberg <zack@wolery.cumb.org> + + * hashtab.h (hash_table_t): Rename to htab_t. + (struct hash_table): Rename to struct htab. Shorten element + names. Reorder elements by size. + (htab_hash, htab_eq, htab_trav): New typedefs for the callback + function pointers. + (hash_table_entry_t): Discard; just use void * for element + type. + +2000-03-01 H.J. Lu <hjl@gnu.org> + + * bfdlink.h (bfd_link_callbacks): Add a boolean arg to + the undefined_symbol callback. + +2000-02-23 Linas Vepstas <linas@linas.org> + + * dis-asm.h (print_insn_i370): Declare. + +Tue Feb 22 15:19:54 2000 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com> + + * remote-sim.h (sim_trace): Document return values. + (sim_set_trace): Declare. Deprecate. + +2000-02-21 Alan Modra <alan@spri.levels.unisa.edu.au> + + * dis-asm.h (struct disassemble_info): Change `length' param of + read_memory_func to unsigned. Change type of `buffer_length' and + `octets_per_byte' to unsigned. + (buffer_read_memory): Change `length' param to unsigned. + +2000-02-16 Nick Clifton <nickc@cygnus.com> + + * dis-asm.h: Add prototypes for ARM register name functions. + +Wed Feb 9 18:45:49 2000 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com> + + * wait.h: Delete. No longer used by GDB. + +Tue Feb 8 17:01:13 2000 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com> + + * remote-sim.h (sim_resume): Clarify use of SIGGNAL. + (sim_stop_reason): Clarify meaning of sim_signalled. + +2000-02-03 Timothy Wall <twall@redhat.com> + + * dis-asm.h (struct disassemble_info): Added octets_per_byte + field and initialize it to one (1). + +2000-01-27 Nick Clifton <nickc@redhat.com> + + * dis-asm.h: Add prototype for disassembler_usage(). + Add prototype for arm_disassembler_options(). + Remove prototype for arm_toggle_regnames(). + Add prototype for parse_arm_disassembler_option(). + +Sat Jan 1 19:06:52 2000 Hans-Peter Nilsson <hp@bitrange.com> + + * symcat.h (STRINGX) [!__STDC__ || ALMOST_STDC]: Change "?" to "s" + to stringify argument s. + +Wed Dec 15 11:22:56 1999 Jeffrey A Law (law@cygnus.com) + + * hp-symtab.h (HP_LANGUAGE_FORTRAN): New enumeration constant. + (HP_LANGUAGE_F77): Define using HP_LANGUAGE_FORTRAN. + +1999-12-15 Doug Evans <dje@transmeta.com> + + * dis-asm.h: Enclose in extern "C" ifdef __cplusplus. + +1999-12-05 Mark Mitchell <mark@codesourcery.com> + + * splay-tree.h (struct splay_tree_node): Rename to ... + (struct splay_tree_node_s): ... this. + (struct splay_tree): Rename to ... + (struct splay_tree_s): ... this. + +1999-11-30 Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * ansidecl.h (ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC): New macro. + + * libiberty.h (buildargv, dupargv, concat, choose_temp_base, + make_temp_file, xmalloc, xcalloc, xstrdup, xmemdup): Add + ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC. + (xatexit): Remove __GNUC__ check, add ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN. + +1999-11-28 Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * libiberty.h: Include stdarg.h when ANSI_PROTOTYPES is defined. + (asprintf, vasprintf): Provide declarations. + +Wed Nov 10 12:43:21 1999 Philippe De Muyter <phdm@macqel.be> + Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * ansidecl.h: Define and test `GCC_VERSION', not `HAVE_GCC_VERSION'. + +1999-11-04 Jimmy Guo <guo@cup.hp.com> + + * hp-symtab.h (dntt_type_fparam): Add doc_ranges, misc_kind + fields, change location type to CORE_ADDR from int. + (dntt_type_const): Name the 5th field location_type. + +Sun Oct 24 19:11:32 1999 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com> + + * sim-d10v.h (SIM_D10V_TS2_DMAP_REGNUM): Define. + +1999-10-23 08:51 -0700 Zack Weinberg <zack@bitmover.com> + + * hashtab.h: Give hash_table_t a struct tag. Add prototypes + for clear_hash_table_slot and traverse_hash_table. Correct + prototype of all_hash_table_collisions. + +Sat Oct 23 19:00:13 1999 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com> + + * sim-d10v.h: New file. + +Fri Oct 15 01:47:51 1999 Vladimir Makarov <vmakarov@loony.cygnus.com> + + * hashtab.h: New file. + +1999-10-10 Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * ansidecl.h (HAVE_GCC_VERSION): New macro. Use it instead of + explicitly testing __GNUC__ and __GNUC_MINOR__. + + (ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF): Use `__format__', not `format'. + +1999-09-25 Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * libiberty.h (make_temp_file): Add a prototype. + +Tue Sep 14 00:35:02 1999 Marc Espie <espie@cvs.openbsd.org> + + * libiberty.h (basename): OpenBSD has a correct prototype. + (xrealloc): Remove outdated comment. + +1999-09-07 Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com> + + * libiberty.h (xmemdup): Add prototype for new function. + +1999-09-04 Steve Chamberlain <sac@pobox.com> + + * dis-asm.h (print_insn_pj): Declare. + +1999-09-01 Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * obstack.h (obstack_grow, obstack_grow0): Move (char*) casts + in calls to `_obstack_memcpy' from here ... + + (_obstack_memcpy): ... to here, except in the __STDC__ case which + doesn't need it. + +1999-08-30 Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * libiberty.h (getpwd): Prototype. + +1999-08-01 Mark Mitchell <mark@codesourcery.com> + + * splay-tree.h (splay_tree_insert): Return the new node. + +1999-07-11 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@zembu.com> + + * ansidecl.h: Copy attribute support macros from egcs. + +1999-06-22 Mark Mitchell <mark@codesourcery.com> + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_hash_entry): Add init_function and + fini_function. + +1999-06-20 Mark Mitchell <mark@codesourcery.com> + + * mips.h (Elf32_Internal_Msym): New structure. + (Elf32_External_Msym): Likewise. + (ELF32_MS_REL_INDEX): New macro. + (ELF32_MS_FLAGS): Likewise. + (ELF32_MS_INFO): Likewise. + +1999-06-14 Nick Clifton <nickc@cygnus.com> + + * dis-asm.h (arm_toggle_regnames): New prototype. + (struct diassemble_info): New field: disassembler_options. + +1999-04-11 Richard Henderson <rth@cygnus.com> + + * bfdlink.h (bfd_elf_version_expr): Rename `match' to `pattern'. + Add `match' callback function. + +1999-04-10 Richard Henderson <rth@cygnus.com> + + * bfdlink.h (bfd_link_info): Add no_undefined. + +1999-04-08 Nick Clifton <nickc@cygnus.com> + + * dis-asm.h: Add prototype for print_insn_mcore. + +1999-04-02 Mark Mitchell <mark@codesourcery.com> + + * splay-tree.h (splay_tree_compare_pointers): Declare. + +1999-03-30 Mark Mitchell <mark@codesourcery.com> + + * splay-tree.h (splay_tree_compare_ints): Declare. + +Wed Mar 24 12:46:29 1999 Andrew Cagney <cagney@amy.cygnus.com> + + * libiberty.h (basename): Cygwin{,32} should have the prototype. + +1999-02-22 Jim Lemke <jlemke@cygnus.com> + + * bfdlink.h (bfd_link_info): add field "mpc860c0". + +Mon Feb 1 21:05:46 1999 Catherine Moore <clm@cygnus.com> + + * dis-asm.h (print_insn_i386_att): Declare. + (print_insn_i386_intel): Declare. + +1998-12-30 Michael Meissner <meissner@cygnus.com> + + * dis-asm.h (INIT_DISASSEMBLE_INFO_NO_ARCH): Cast STREAM and + FPRINTF_FUNC to avoid compiler warnings. + +Wed Dec 30 16:07:14 1998 David Taylor <taylor@texas.cygnus.com> + + * dis-asm.h: change void * to PTR (two places). + +Mon Dec 14 09:53:31 1998 Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * demangle.h: Don't check IN_GCC anymore. + * splay-tree.h: Likewise. + +Tue Dec 8 00:30:31 1998 Elena Zannoni <ezannoni@kwikemart.cygnus.com> + + The following changes were made by Elena Zannoni + <ezannoni@kwikemart.cygnus.com> and Edith Epstein + <eepstein@sophia.cygnus.com> as part of a project to merge in + changes made by HP; HP did not create ChangeLog entries. + + * dis-asm.h (struct disassemble_info): change the type of stream + from FILE* to void*, for use with gdb's new type GDB_FILE. + (fprintf_ftype): change FILE* parameter type to void*. + + * demangle.h: (DMGL_EDG): new macro for Kuck and Associates + (DMGL_STYLE_MASK): modify to include Kuck and Assoc style + (demangling_styles): add new edg_demangling style + (EDG_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING): new macro + (EDG_DEMANGLING): new macro + (DMGL_HP): new macro, for HP/aCC compiler. + (DMGL_STYLE_MASK): modify to include new HP's style. + (demangling_styles): add new hp_demangling value. + (HP_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING): new macro. + (ARM_DEMANGLING): coerce to int. + (HP_DEMANGLING): new macro. + + * hp-symtab.h: rewritten, from HP. + (quick_procedure): change type of language field to unsigned int + (quick_module): change type of language field to unsigned int + (struct dntt_type_svar): add field thread_specific. + (hp_language): add languages modcal and dmpascal. + +Fri Nov 20 13:14:00 1998 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com> + + * libiberty.h (basename): Add prototype for FreeBSD. + +Fri Nov 13 19:19:11 1998 Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * libiberty.h: Prototype xcalloc. + +Sun Nov 8 17:42:25 1998 Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * ansidecl.h: Wrap problematic macros with !IN_GCC. + + * demangle.h: Never define PARAMS(). + * splay-tree.h: Likewise. + +Sat Nov 7 18:30:20 1998 Peter Schauer <peter.schauer@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de> + + * dis-asm.h (print_insn_vax): Declare. + +Sat Nov 7 16:04:03 1998 Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * demangle.h: Don't include gansidecl.h. + * splay-tree.h: Likewise. + +1998-10-26 16:03 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com> + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_info): Add new field optimize. + +Thu Oct 22 19:58:00 1998 Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu> + + * splay-tree.h: Wrap function pointer parameter declarations in + PARAMS() macro. + +1998-10-21 Mark Mitchell <mark@markmitchell.com> + + * splay-tree.h: New file. + +Fri Oct 9 00:02:03 1998 Jeffrey A Law (law@cygnus.com) + + * Merge devo and egcs include directories. + +Sat Sep 5 12:16:33 1998 Jeffrey A Law (law@cygnus.com) + + * getopt.h, obstack.h: Updated from gcc. + +1998-08-03 Jason Molenda (jsm@bugshack.cygnus.com) + + * libiberty.h (xexit): Change decl to use modern GCC attribute + to indicate exit does not return. + +Mon Jun 1 13:48:32 1998 Jason Molenda (crash@bugshack.cygnus.com) + + * obstack.h: Update to latest FSF version. + +Tue Feb 24 13:05:02 1998 Doug Evans <devans@canuck.cygnus.com> + + * dis-asm.h (disassemble_info): Member `symbol' renamed to `symbols' + and made an "asymbol **". New member num_symbols. + (INIT_DISASSEMBLE_INFO_NO_ARCH): Update. + +Tue Feb 17 12:32:18 1998 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com> + + * remote-sim.h (sim_fetch_register, sim_store_register): Add + register length parameter. Functions return actual length of + register. + +Thu Feb 12 16:29:01 1998 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * getopt.h: Update to latest FSF version. + +Wed Feb 11 16:56:06 1998 Doug Evans <devans@canuck.cygnus.com> + + * symcat.h: New file. + +Mon Feb 2 17:13:31 1998 Steve Haworth <steve@pm.cse.rmit.EDU.AU> + + * dis-asm.h (print_insn_tic30): Declare. + +Thu Jan 22 16:23:59 1998 Fred Fish <fnf@cygnus.com> + + * dis-asm.h: Add flag INSN_HAS_RELOC to tell disassembly + function there is a reloc on this line. + +Mon Dec 8 11:22:23 1997 Nick Clifton <nickc@cygnus.com> + + * dis-asm.h: Remove prototype of disasm_symaddr() as this function + no longer exists. + +Tue Dec 2 10:20:53 1997 Nick Clifton <nickc@cygnus.com> + + * dis-asm.h (disasm_symaddr): New prototype. + +Mon Dec 1 11:29:35 1997 Doug Evans <devans@canuck.cygnus.com> + + * callback.h (CB_SYSCALL): Comment out arg names in prototypes. + +Wed Nov 26 16:47:58 1997 Michael Meissner <meissner@cygnus.com> + + * callback.h (CB_SYSCALL): Consistantly use names for prototype + arguments. + +Wed Nov 26 11:39:30 1997 Doug Evans <devans@canuck.cygnus.com> + + * callback.h (CB_SYSCALL): Change byte count arguments to + {read,write}_mem to `int'. New member `magic'. + (CB_SYSCALL_MAGIC,CB_SYSCALL_INIT): New macros. + +Tue Nov 25 01:35:52 1997 Doug Evans <devans@seba.cygnus.com> + + * callback.h (struct stat): Move forward decl up. + (host_callback): Pass stat struct pointer to stat,fstat. + (CB_SYS_nnn): Reorganize. + (CB_SYSCALL): New members p1,p2. + (cb_host_to_target_stat): Delete fourth arg. + +Sat Nov 22 23:34:15 1997 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com> + + * remote-sim.h (sim_stop_reason): Clarify sim_signalled SIGRC + argument. + +Mon Nov 17 14:00:51 1997 Doug Evans <devans@seba.cygnus.com> + + * callback.h (CB_TARGET_DEFS_MAP): Renamed from target_defs_map. + (host_callback): Add stat, fstat, syscall_map, errno_map, open_map, + signal_map, stat_map. + (errn_map,open_map): Renamed to cb_init_foo_map. + (cb_host_to_target_errno,cb_target_to_host_open): Renamed from + host_to_target_errno,target_to_host_open. + (cb_read_target_syscall_maps): Add prototype. + (cb_target_to_host_syscall): Likewise. + (cb_host_to_target_stat): Likewise. + (cb_syscall): Likewise. + (CB_SYS_{exit,open,close,read,write,lseek,unlink,getpid,kill,fstat, + argvlen,argv,chdir,stat,chmod,utime,time}): Define. + (CB_SYSCALL): New type. + (CB_RC): New enum. + +Fri Nov 7 10:34:09 1997 Rob Savoye <rob@darkstar.cygnus.com> + + * libiberty.h: Add extern "C" { so it can be used with C++ + programs. + * remote-sim.h: Add extern "C" { so it can be used with C++ + programs. + +Tue Oct 14 16:07:51 1997 Nick Clifton <nickc@cygnus.com> + + * dis-asm.h (struct disassemble_info): New field + 'symbol_at_address_func'. + (INIT_DISASSEMBLE_INFO_NO_ARCH): Initialise new field with + generic_symbol_at_address. + +Mon Oct 13 10:17:15 1997 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com> + + * remote-sim.h: Clarify sim_read, sim_write MEM argument. + +Wed Sep 24 18:03:10 1997 Stu Grossman <grossman@babylon-5.cygnus.com> + + * remote-sim.h (SIM_RC): Add a bunch of new return codes for + breakpoint stuff. + * Add functions to tell the simulator to set/clear/enable/disable + intrinsic breakpoints. + +Thu Aug 28 19:41:42 1997 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com> + + * libiberty.h (dupargv): Add prototype. + +Tue Aug 26 12:25:49 1997 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com> + + * remote-sim.h (sim_create_inferior): Add ABFD arg. Document. + +Mon Aug 25 10:50:51 1997 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com> + + * remote-sim.h (sim_open): Add ABFD arg. Document. + +Fri Aug 8 16:43:56 1997 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com> + + * dis-asm.h (arc_get_disassembler): Declare. + +Wed Jul 30 11:39:50 1997 Per Bothner <bothner@deneb.cygnus.com> + + * demangle.h (DMGL_JAVA): New option to request Java demangling. + +Tue Jul 22 17:59:54 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * libiberty.h (PEXECUTE_*): Define. + (pexecute, pwait): Declare. + +Fri Jun 6 13:02:33 1997 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com> + + * remote-sim.h (sim_kill): Mark as depreciated. + +Fri May 23 13:43:41 1997 Fred Fish <fnf@cygnus.com> + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_info): Add task_link member. + +Thu May 22 11:32:49 1997 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com> + + * remote-sim.h: Review documentation. Clarify restrictions on + when functions can be called. + +Wed May 21 16:47:53 1997 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com> + + * remote-sim.h (sim_set_profile_size): Add prototype, document as + depreciated. + +Tue May 20 09:32:22 1997 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com> + + * remote-sim.h (sim_open): Add callback struct. + (sim_set_callbacks): Drop SIM_DESC argument. Document. + (sim_size): Remove recently added SIM_DESC argument. Document. + +Mon May 19 19:14:44 1997 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com> + + * remote-sim.h: Pass SD into sim_size. + +Thu May 15 01:24:16 1997 Mark Alexander <marka@cygnus.com> + + * obstack.h (obstack_specify_allocation_with_arg, obstack_chunkfun, + obstack_freefun): Eliminate compile warnings in gdb. + +Tue Apr 22 10:24:34 1997 Fred Fish <fnf@cygnus.com> + + * floatformat.h (floatformat_byteorders): Add comments for previous + formats and add floatformat_littlebyte_bigword, primarily for ARM. + Add declaration for floatformat_ieee_double_littlebyte_bigword. + +Fri Apr 18 13:04:49 1997 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com> + + * remote-sim.h (sim_stop): New interface - asynchronous + notification of a request to stop / suspend the running + simulation. + + * remote-sim.h (enum sim_stop): Add sim_running and sim_polling as + states for use internal to simulators. + + * callback.h (struct host_callback_strut): Put a magic number at + the end of the struct to allow basic checking. + (struct host_callback_struct ): Add poll_quit - so + that the console etc can be polled at regular intervals. + +Thu Apr 17 02:17:12 1997 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com> + + * remote-sim.h (struct _bfd): Declare. + (sim_load): Return SIM_RC. New arg `abfd'. + (sim_create_inferior): Return SIM_RC. Delete arg `start_address'. + +Wed Apr 2 17:09:12 1997 Andrew Cagney <cagney@kremvax.cygnus.com> + + * remote-sim.h (sim_trace, sim_size): Make these global. They + will go away shortly. + +Wed Apr 2 15:23:49 1997 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com> + + * remote-sim.h (SIM_OPEN_KIND, SIM_RC): New enums. + (sim_open): New argument `kind'. + +Wed Apr 2 14:45:51 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * COPYING: Update FSF address. + +Fri Mar 28 15:29:54 1997 Mike Meissner <meissner@cygnus.com> + + * callback.h (top level): Include stdarg.h or varargs.h if + va_start is not defined. + (host_callback_struct): Make {,e}vprintf_filtered take a va_list + instead of void *, since va_list might be an array or structure + type. + +Fri Mar 28 15:44:41 1997 H.J. Lu <hjl@gnu.ai.mit.edu> + + * libiberty.h (basename): Add prototype for glibc and linux. + +Mon Mar 17 19:22:12 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * objalloc.h: New file. + +Mon Mar 17 14:57:55 1997 Andrew Cagney <cagney@kremvax.cygnus.com> + + * remote-sim.h: New file, copied in from gdb/remote-sim.h. One + day this will be placed in a directory of its own. + +Sat Mar 15 19:00:14 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * obstack.h: Update to current FSF version. + +Thu Mar 6 15:46:59 1997 Andrew Cagney <cagney@kremvax.cygnus.com> + + * callback.h (struct host_callback_struct): Add callbacks - + flush_stdout, write_stderr, flush_stderr, vprintf_filtered, + evprintf_filtered. Delete redundant callbacks - printf_filtered. + +Thu Feb 27 23:18:27 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_info): Remove lprefix and lprefix_len + fields. + +Tue Feb 25 00:10:49 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * dis-asm.h (INIT_DISASSEMBLE_INFO_NO_ARCH): Initialize + bytes_per_chunk and display_endian. + +Mon Feb 24 17:47:02 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + From Eric Youngdale <eric@andante.jic.com>: + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_elf_version_expr): Define. + (struct bfd_elf_version_deps): Define. + (struct bfd_elf_version_tree): Define. + +Thu Feb 6 14:20:01 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com> + + * dis-asm.h: (disassemble_info): Add new fields + bytes_per_chunk and display_endian to control the + display of raw instructions. + +Fri Dec 27 22:17:37 1996 Fred Fish <fnf@cygnus.com> + + * dis-asm.h (print_insn_tic80): Declare. + +Sun Dec 8 17:11:12 1996 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com> + + * callback.h (host_callback): New member `error'. + +Wed Nov 20 00:40:23 1996 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com> + + * callback.h: New file, moved here from gdb. + +Mon Nov 18 16:34:00 1996 Dawn Perchik <dawn@critters.cygnus.com> + + * libiberty.h: Checkin again; last checkin failed due to sticky tag. + +Wed Nov 13 08:22:00 1996 Dawn Perchik <dawn@critters.cygnus.com> + + * libiberty.h: Revert last commit due to conflicts with hpux + system headers. + +Tue Nov 12 16:31:00 1996 Dawn Perchik <dawn@critters.cygnus.com> + + * libiberty.h: Move prototypes from argv.c here. + +Thu Oct 31 14:56:18 1996 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com> + + * ansidecl.h (VPARAMS,VA_START): Define. + +Fri Oct 25 12:08:04 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * dis-asm.h (disassemble_info): Add bytes_per_line field. + (INIT_DISASSEMBLE_INFO_NO_ARCH): Initialize bytes_per_line field. + +Thu Oct 24 17:10:01 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * dis-asm.h (disassemble_info): Add symbol field. + (INIT_DISASSEMBLE_INFO_NO_ARCH): Initialize symbol field. + +Thu Oct 17 11:17:40 1996 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com> + + * dis-asm.h (print_insn_m32r): Declare. + +Mon Oct 14 23:56:52 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * libiberty.h: Declare parameter types for xmalloc and xrealloc. + +Thu Oct 3 13:45:27 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * fnmatch.h: New file. + +Thu Oct 3 10:33:14 1996 Jeffrey A Law (law@cygnus.com) + + * dis-asm.h (print_insn_mn10x00): Delete declaration. + (print_insn_mn10200, print_insn_mn10300): Declare. + +Wed Oct 2 21:24:43 1996 Jeffrey A Law (law@cygnus.com) + + * dis-asm.h (print_insn_mn10x00): Declare. + +Mon Sep 30 13:56:11 1996 Fred Fish <fnf@cygnus.com> + + * libiberty.h: Remove #ifndef PRIVATE_XMALLOC. + +Sat Aug 31 13:27:06 1996 Jeffrey A Law (law@cygnus.com) + + * dis-asm.h (print_insn_v850): Declare. + +Tue Aug 13 16:10:30 1996 Stu Grossman (grossman@critters.cygnus.com) + + * obstack.h: Change bcopy to memcpy. Works better on Posix + systems, which generally lack bcopy. + +Mon Aug 12 17:03:18 1996 Stu Grossman (grossman@critters.cygnus.com) + + * ansidecl.h: Change WIN32 to _WIN32. + +Fri Jul 26 13:58:18 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * dis-asm.h: Add flavour field. + (print_insn_alpha): Declare. + (print_insn_alpha_osf, print_insn_alpha_vms): Don't declare. + (INIT_DISASSEMBLE_INFO): Initialize flavour field. + +Tue Jul 23 17:37:58 1996 Fred Fish <fnf@cygnus.com> + + * libiberty.h (PRIVATE_XMALLOC): Enclose xmalloc/xrealloc + definitions inside #ifndef so that programs that want to + can define PRIVATE_XMALLOC and then define xmalloc and + xrealloc anyway they want. + (basename): Document in source that we can't declare the + parameter type because it is declared inconsistently across + different systems. + +Mon Jul 22 13:16:13 1996 Richard Henderson <rth@tamu.edu> + + * dis-asm.h (print_insn_alpha): Don't declare. + (print_insn_alpha_osf, print_insn_alpha_vms): Declare. + +Wed Jul 17 14:45:12 1996 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com> + + * dis-asm.h: (print_insn_d10v): Declare. + +Mon Jul 15 16:55:38 1996 Stu Grossman (grossman@critters.cygnus.com) + + * dis-asm.h: Get rid of decls for print_insn_i8086, + print_insn_sparc64 and print_insn_sparclite. + * (INIT_DISASSEMBLE_INFO): Split into two pieces. One, + INIT_DISASSEMBLE_INFO_NO_ARCH inits everything except for endian, + mach, and arch. + +Fri Jul 12 10:19:27 1996 Stu Grossman (grossman@critters.cygnus.com) + + * dis-asm.h (print_insn_i8086): Declare. + +Wed Jul 3 16:02:39 1996 Stu Grossman (grossman@critters.cygnus.com) + + * dis-asm.h (print_insn_sparclite): Declare. + +Tue Jun 18 16:02:46 1996 Jeffrey A. Law <law@rtl.cygnus.com> + + * dis-asm.h (print_insn_h8300s): Declare. + +Tue Jun 18 15:11:33 1996 Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf@progis.de> + + * fopen-vms.h: New file. + +Tue Jun 4 18:58:16 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_info): Add notice_all field. + +Fri Apr 26 10:33:12 1996 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com> + + * demangle.h (#ifdef IN_GCC): #include "gansidecl.h". + (PROTO,PTR,const): Delete. + +Mon Apr 22 17:27:42 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_info): Add traditional_format field. + +Mon Apr 15 15:16:56 1996 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com> + + * libiberty.h (choose_temp_base): Add prototype. + +Tue Mar 12 17:29:46 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * bfdlink.h (bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup): Declare. + (struct bfd_link_info): Add wrap_hash field. + +Wed Feb 14 16:49:17 1996 Martin Anantharaman <martin@mail.imech.uni-duisburg.de> + + * ieee.h (ieee_record_enum_type): Define + ieee_external_reference_info_enum. + +Fri Feb 2 17:09:25 1996 Doug Evans <dje@charmed.cygnus.com> + + * dis-asm.h (DISASM_RAW_INSN): Delete. + +Tue Jan 23 09:21:47 1996 Doug Evans <dje@charmed.cygnus.com> + + * dis-asm.h (INIT_DISASSEMBLE_INFO): Set endian to BFD_ENDIAN_UNKNOWN. + New argument FPRINTF_FUNC. + +Mon Jan 22 16:37:59 1996 Doug Evans <dje@charmed.cygnus.com> + + * dis-asm.h (disassemble_info): New members arch, mach, endian. + (INIT_DISASSEMBLE_INFO): Initialize them. + (DISASM_RAW_INSN{,FLAG}): Define. + +Thu Jan 18 11:32:38 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * demangle.h (cplus_demangle_opname): Change opname parameter to + const char *. + (cplus_mangle_opname): Change return type and opname parameter to + const char *. + +Fri Jan 5 00:01:22 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * ieee.h (enum ieee_record): Add ieee_asn_record_enum, + ieee_at_record_enum, ieee_ty_record_enum, ieee_atn_record_enum, + ieee_bb_record_enum, and ieee_be_record_enum. + +Wed Jan 3 13:12:09 1996 Fred Fish <fnf@cygnus.com> + + * obstack.h: Update copyright to 1996. + (_obstack_memory_used): Declare. + (obstack_memory_used): Define macro. + +Thu Dec 28 11:42:12 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * libiberty.h (xstrdup): Declare. + +Thu Dec 21 14:47:17 1995 Michael Meissner <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com> + + * wait.h: Protect all macros with #ifndef. + +Tue Oct 24 21:45:40 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_info): Add static_link field. + +Tue Sep 12 16:28:04 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_callbacks): Add symbol parameter to + warning callback. + +Fri Sep 1 13:11:51 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_callbacks): Change warning callback + to take BFD, section, and address arguments. + +Thu Aug 31 16:45:12 1995 steve chamberlain <sac@slash.cygnus.com> + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_info): Remove PE stuff. + +Tue Aug 22 03:18:23 1995 Ken Raeburn <raeburn@kr-laptop.cygnus.com> + + * libiberty.h: Declare xstrerror. From Pat Rankin. + +Mon Aug 21 18:11:36 1995 steve chamberlain <sac@slash.cygnus.com> + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_info): Remove PE stuff. + +Wed Aug 2 08:14:12 1995 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com> + + * dis-asm.h (print_insn_sparc64): Declare. + +Mon Jul 10 13:26:49 1995 Eric Youngdale <eric@aib.com> + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_info): Add new field symbolic. + +Sun Jul 2 17:48:40 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_info): Change type of base_file to + PTR. + +Thu Jun 29 00:02:45 1995 Steve Chamberlain <sac@slash.cygnus.com> + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_info): Added base_file member. + +Tue Jun 20 16:40:04 1995 Steve Chamberlain <sac@slash.cygnus.com> + + * ansidecl.h: win32s is ANSI enough. + +Thu May 18 04:25:50 1995 Ken Raeburn <raeburn@kr-laptop.cygnus.com> + + Wed May 10 14:28:16 1995 Richard Earnshaw (rearnsha@armltd.co.uk) + + * dis-asm.h (print_insn_arm): Delete declaration. + (print_insn_{little,big}_arm): New declarations. + + * floatformat.h (floatformat_arm_ext): Declare. + +Sat May 13 10:14:08 1995 Steve Chamberlain <sac@slash.cygnus.com> + + * bfdlink.h (subsytem, stack_heap_parameters): New. + +Thu May 4 14:36:42 1995 Jason Merrill <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com> + + * demangle.h: Don't include ansidecl.h if IN_GCC. + +Tue Feb 21 00:37:28 1995 Jeff Law (law@snake.cs.utah.edu) + + * hp-symtab.h: Don't use bitfield enumerations, the HP C compiler + does not handle them correctly. + +Thu Feb 9 14:20:27 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * libiberty.h (basename): Don't declare parameter type; some + systems have this in their header files. + +Wed Feb 8 17:35:38 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_hash_entry): Change format of common + symbol information, to remove restrictions on maximum size and + alignment power, by using a pointer to a structure instead. + +Mon Feb 6 14:55:32 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * bfdlink.h (enum bfd_link_hash_type): Rename bfd_link_hash_weak + to bfd_link_hash_undefweak. Add bfd_link_hash_defweak. + +Mon Jan 16 21:00:23 1995 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com> + + * dis-asm.h (GDB_INIT_DISASSEMBLE_INFO, etc): Remove all + GDB-specific definitions. + +Sun Jan 15 18:39:35 1995 Steve Chamberlain <sac@splat> + + * dis-asm.h (print_insn_w65): Declare. + +Thu Jan 12 17:51:17 1995 Ken Raeburn <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com> + + * libiberty.h (hex_p): Fix sense of test. + +Wed Jan 11 22:36:40 1995 Ken Raeburn <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com> + + * libiberty.h (_hex_array_size, _hex_bad, _hex_value, hex_init, + hex_p, hex_value): New macros and declarations, for hex.c. + +Fri Jan 6 17:44:14 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com> + + * dis-asm.h: Make idempotent. + +Wed Dec 14 13:08:43 1994 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com> + + * progress.h: New file, empty definitions for progress macros. + +Fri Nov 25 00:14:05 1994 Jeff Law (law@snake.cs.utah.edu) + + * hp-symtab.h: New file describing the debug symbols emitted + by the HP C compilers. + +Fri Nov 11 15:48:37 1994 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com> + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_hash_entry): Change u.c.size from 24 + to 26 bits, and change u.c.alignment_power from 8 to 6 bits. 6 + bit in the alignment power is enough for a 64 bit address space. + +Mon Oct 31 13:02:51 1994 Stan Shebs (shebs@andros.cygnus.com) + + * demangle.h (cplus_mangle_opname): Declare. + +Tue Oct 25 11:38:02 1994 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com> + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_callbacks): Fix comments for + multiple_common field. + +Sun Sep 04 17:58:10 1994 Richard Earnshaw (rwe@pegasus.esprit.ec.org) + + * dis-asm.h: Add support for the ARM. + +Wed Aug 10 12:51:41 1994 Doug Evans (dje@canuck.cygnus.com) + + * libiberty.h (strsignal): Document its existence even if we + can't declare it. + +Tue Aug 2 14:40:03 1994 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com) + + * os9k.h: Remove u_int16, u_int32, and owner_id typedefs and + expand their uses. Those names conflict with Mach headers. + +Fri Jul 22 14:17:12 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com) + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_hash_entry): Change u.c.size into a + bitfield. Add field u.c.alignment_power. + +Sun Jul 10 00:26:39 1994 Ian Dall (dall@hfrd.dsto.gov.au) + + * dis-asm.h: Add print_insn_ns32k declaration. + +Mon Jun 20 17:13:29 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com) + + * bfdlink.h (bfd_link_hash_table): Make creator a const pointer. + +Sat Jun 18 16:09:32 1994 Stan Shebs (shebs@andros.cygnus.com) + + * demangle.h (cplus_demangle_opname): Declare. + +Thu Jun 16 15:19:03 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com) + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_info): Add new field shared. + +Mon Jun 6 14:39:44 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com) + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_hash_entry): Remove written field: + not needed for all backends. + +Thu Apr 28 19:06:50 1994 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com) + + * dis-asm.h (disassembler): Declare. + +Fri Apr 1 00:38:17 1994 Jim Wilson (wilson@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * obstack.h: Delete use of IN_GCC to control whether + stddef.h or gstddef.h is included. + +Tue Mar 22 13:06:02 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com) + + * bfdlink.h (enum bfd_link_order_type): Add bfd_data_link_order. + (struct bfd_link_order): Add data field to union. + +Mon Mar 21 18:45:26 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com) + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_callbacks): Change bitsize argument + to add_to_set to reloc. Remove bitsize argument from constructor. + Comment that reloc_overflow, reloc_dangerous and unattached_reloc + must handle NULL pointers for reloc location. + (enum bfd_link_order_type): Add bfd_section_reloc_link_order and + bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order. + (struct bfd_link_order): Add reloc field to union. + (struct bfd_link_order_reloc): Define. + +Mon Mar 14 12:27:50 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com) + + * ieee-float.h: Removed; no longer used. + +Tue Mar 1 18:10:49 1994 Kung Hsu (kung@mexican.cygnus.com) + + * os9k.h: os9000 target specific header file, the header of the + object file is used now. + +Sun Feb 27 21:52:26 1994 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@deneb.cygnus.com) + + * floatformat.h: New file, intended to replace ieee-float.h. + +Sun Feb 20 17:15:42 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@lisa.cygnus.com) + + * ansidecl.h (ANSI_PROTOTYPES): Define if using ANSI prototypes. + +Wed Feb 16 01:07:12 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com) + + * libiberty.h: Don't declare strsignal, to avoid conflicts with + Solaris system header files. + +Sat Feb 12 22:11:32 1994 Jeffrey A. Law (law@snake.cs.utah.edu) + + * libiberty.h (xexit): Use __volatile__ to avoid losing if + compiling with gcc -traditional. + +Thu Feb 10 14:05:41 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com) + + * libiberty.h: New file. Declares functions provided by + libiberty. + +Tue Feb 8 05:19:52 1994 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com) + + Handle obstack_chunk_alloc returning NULL. This allows + obstacks to be used by libraries, without forcing them + to call exit or longjmp. + * obstack.h (struct obstack): Add alloc_failed flag. + _obstack_begin, _obstack_begin_1): Declare to return int, not void. + (obstack_finish): If alloc_failed, return NULL. + (obstack_base, obstack_next_free, objstack_object_size): + If alloc_failed, return 0. + (obstack_grow, obstack_grow0, obstack_1grow, obstack_ptr_grow, + obstack_int_grow, obstack_blank): If alloc_failed, do nothing that + could corrupt the obstack. + +Mon Jan 24 15:06:05 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com) + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_callbacks): Add name, reloc_name and + addend argments to reloc_overflow callback. + +Fri Jan 21 19:13:12 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com) + + * dis-asm.h (print_insn_big_powerpc, print_insn_little_powerpc, + print_insn_rs6000): Declare. + +Thu Jan 6 14:15:55 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com) + + * bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_callbacks): Add bitsize argument to + add_to_set field. Add new callback named constructor. + +Thu Dec 30 10:44:06 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@rtl.cygnus.com) + + * bfdlink.h: New file for new BFD linker backend routines. + +Mon Nov 29 10:43:57 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com) + + * dis-asm.h (enum dis_insn_tyupe): Remove non-ANSI trailing comma. + +Sat Oct 2 20:42:26 1993 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com) + + * dis-asm.h: Move comment to right place. + +Mon Aug 9 19:03:35 1993 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com) + + * obstack.h (obstack_chunkfun, obstack_freefun): Add defns from + previous version. Are these Cygnus local changes? + +Fri Aug 6 17:05:47 1993 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com) + + * getopt.h, obstack.h: Update to latest FSF version. + +Mon Aug 2 14:45:29 1993 John Gilmore (gnu@cygnus.com) + + * dis-asm.h: Move enum outside of struct defn to avoid warnings. + +Mon Aug 2 08:49:30 1993 Stu Grossman (grossman at cygnus.com) + + * wait.h (WEXITSTATUS, WSTOPSIG): Mask down to 8 bits. This is + for systems that store stuff into the high 16 bits of a wait + status. + +Fri Jul 30 18:38:02 1993 John Gilmore (gnu@cygnus.com) + + * dis-asm.h: Add new fields insn_info_valid, branch_delay_insns, + data_size, insn_type, target, target2. These are used to return + information from the instruction decoders back to the calling + program. Add comments, make more readable. + +Mon Jul 19 22:14:14 1993 Fred Fish (fnf@deneb.cygnus.com) + + * nlm: New directory containing NLM/NetWare includes. + +Thu Jul 15 12:10:04 1993 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com) + + * dis-asm.h (struct disassemble_info): New field application_data. + +Thu Jul 15 12:41:15 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com) + + * dis-asm.h: Added declaration of print_insn_m88k. + +Fri Jul 2 10:31:59 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com) + + * ansidecl.h: Use ANSI macros if __mips and _SYSTYPE_SVR4 are + defined, since RISC/OS cc handles ANSI declarations in SVR4 mode + but does not define __STDC__. + +Sun Jun 20 18:27:52 1993 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@poseidon.cygnus.com) + + * dis-asm.h: Don't need to include ansidecl.h any more. + +Fri Jun 18 03:22:10 1993 John Gilmore (gnu@cygnus.com) + + * oasys.h: Eliminate "int8_type", "int16_type", "int32_type", and + their variants. These changes are coordinated with corresponding + changes in ../bfd/oasys.c. + +Wed Jun 16 10:43:08 1993 Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) + + * bfd.h: Note that it has been removed. + +Tue Jun 8 12:16:03 1993 Steve Chamberlain (sac@phydeaux.cygnus.com) + + Support for H8/300-H + * dis-asm.h (print_insn_h8300, print_insn_h8300h): Declare it. + +Tue Jun 1 07:35:03 1993 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@kr-pc.cygnus.com) + + * ansidecl.h (const): Don't define it if it's already defined. + +Thu May 27 18:19:51 1993 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com) + + * dis-asm.h (print_insn_hppa): Declare it. + + * bfd.h: Moved to bfd directory. Small stub here includes it + without requiring "-I../bfd". + +Thu Apr 29 12:06:13 1993 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@deneb.cygnus.com) + + * bfd.h: Updated with BSF_FUNCTION. + +Mon Apr 26 18:15:50 1993 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com) + + * bfd.h, dis-asm.h: Updated with Hitachi SH. + +Fri Apr 23 18:41:38 1993 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com) + + * bfd.h: Updated with alpha changes. + * dis-asm.h: Added alpha. + +Fri Apr 16 17:35:30 1993 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@cygnus.com) + + * bfd.h: Update for signed bfd_*get_*. + +Thu Apr 15 09:24:21 1993 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@cygnus.com) + + * bfd.h: Updated for file_truncated error. + +Thu Apr 8 10:53:47 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com) + + * ansidecl.h: If no ANSI, define const to be empty. + +Thu Apr 1 09:00:10 1993 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@cygnus.com) + + * dis-asm.h: Declare a29k and i960 print_insn_*. + + * dis-asm.h: Add print_address_func and related stuff. + + * dis-asm.h (dis_asm_read_memory): Fix prototype. + +Wed Mar 31 17:40:16 1993 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com) + + * dis-asm.h: Add print_insn_sparc. + +Wed Mar 31 17:51:42 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com) + + * bfd.h: Updated for BFD_RELOC_MIPS_GPREL and bfd_[gs]et_gp_size + prototypes. + +Wed Mar 31 16:35:12 1993 Stu Grossman (grossman@cygnus.com) + + * dis-asm.h: (disassemble_info): Fix typo in prototype of + dis_asm_memory_error(). + +Tue Mar 30 19:09:23 1993 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com) + + * dis-asm.h (disassembler_info): Add read_memory_func, + memory_error_func, buffer, and length. + ({GDB_,}INIT_DISASSEMBLE_INFO): Set them. + print_insn_*: Remove second argument. + +Tue Mar 30 14:48:55 1993 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com) + + * bfd.h: Update for lma field of section. + +Tue Mar 30 12:22:55 1993 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@cygnus.com) + + * ansidecl.h: Use ANSI versions on AIX regardless of __STDC__. + +Fri Mar 19 14:49:49 1993 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com) + + * dis-asm.h: Add h8500. + +Thu Mar 18 13:49:09 1993 Per Bothner (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com) + + * ieee-float.h: Moved from ../gdb. + * dis-asm.h: New file. Interface to dis-assembler. + +Thu Mar 11 10:52:57 1993 Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) + + * demangle.h (DMGL_NO_OPTS): Add define (set to 0) to use + in place of bare 0, for readability reasons. + +Tue Mar 2 17:50:11 1993 Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) + + * demangle.h: Replace all references to cfront with ARM. + +Tue Feb 23 12:21:14 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com) + + * bfd.h: Update for new elements in JUMP_TABLE. + +Tue Feb 16 00:51:30 1993 John Gilmore (gnu@cygnus.com) + + * bfd.h: Update for BFD_VERSION 2.1. + +Tue Jan 26 11:49:20 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com) + + * bfd.h: Update for SEC_IS_COMMON flag. + +Tue Jan 19 12:25:12 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com) + + * bfd.h: Update for bfd_asymbol_value bug fix. + +Fri Jan 8 16:37:18 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com) + + * bfd.h: Update to include ECOFF tdata and target_flavour. + +Sun Dec 27 17:52:30 1992 Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) + + * bfd.h: Add declaration for bfd_get_size(). + +Tue Dec 22 22:42:46 1992 Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) + + * demangle.h: Protect file from multiple inclusions with + #if !defined(DEMANGLE_H)...#define DEMANGLE_H...#endif. + +Mon Dec 21 21:25:50 1992 Stu Grossman (grossman at cygnus.com) + + * bfd.h: Update to get hppa_core_struct from bfd.c. + +Thu Dec 17 00:42:35 1992 John Gilmore (gnu@cygnus.com) + + * bfd.h: Update to get tekhex tdata name change from bfd. + +Mon Nov 9 23:55:42 1992 John Gilmore (gnu@cygnus.com) + + * ansidecl.h: Update comments to discourage use of EXFUN. + +Thu Nov 5 16:35:44 1992 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com) + + * bfd.h: Update to bring in SEC_SHARED_LIBRARY. + +Thu Nov 5 03:21:32 1992 John Gilmore (gnu@cygnus.com) + + * bfd.h: Update to match EXFUN, bfd_seclet_struct, and SDEF + cleanups in bfd. + +Wed Nov 4 07:28:05 1992 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@cygnus.com) + + * bout.h (N_CALLNAME, N_BALNAME): Define as char-type values, so + widening works consistently. + +Fri Oct 16 03:17:08 1992 John Gilmore (gnu@cygnus.com) + + * getopt.h: Update to Revised Standard FSF Version. + +Thu Oct 15 21:43:22 1992 K. Richard Pixley (rich@sendai.cygnus.com) + + * getopt.h (struct option): use the provided enum for has_arg. + + * demangle.h (AUTO_DEMANGLING, GNU_DEMANGLING, + LUCID_DEMANGLING): ultrix compilers require enums to be + enums and ints to be ints and casts where they meet. cast some + enums into ints. + +Thu Oct 15 04:35:51 1992 John Gilmore (gnu@cygnus.com) + + * bfd.h: Update after comment changes. + +Thu Oct 8 09:03:02 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com) + + * bfd.h (bfd_get_symbol_leading_char): new macro for getting in xvec + +Thu Sep 3 09:10:50 1992 Stu Grossman (grossman at cygnus.com) + + * bfd.h (struct reloc_howto_struct): size needs to be signed if + it's going to hold negative values. + +Sun Aug 30 17:50:27 1992 Per Bothner (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com) + + * demangle.h: New file, moved from ../gdb. Made independent + of gdb. Allow demangling style option to be passed as a + parameter to cplus_demangle(), but using the + current_demangling_style global as the default. + +Sat Aug 29 10:07:55 1992 Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) + + * obstack.h: Merge comment change from current FSF version. + +Thu Aug 27 12:59:29 1992 Brendan Kehoe (brendan@cygnus.com) + + * bfd.h: add we32k + +Tue Aug 25 15:07:47 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com) + + * bfd.h: new after Z8000 stuff + +Mon Aug 17 09:01:23 1992 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@cygnus.com) + + * bfd.h: Regenerated after page/segment size changes. + +Sat Aug 1 13:46:31 1992 Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) + + * obstack.h: Merge changes from current FSF version. + +Mon Jul 20 21:06:23 1992 Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) + + * obstack.h (area_id, flags): Remove, replace with extra_arg, + use_extra_arg, and maybe_empty_object. + * obstack.h (OBSTACK_MAYBE_EMPTY_OBJECT, OBSTACK_MMALLOC_LIKE): + Remove, replaced by maybe_empty_object and use_extra_arg bitfields. + * obstack.h (obstack_full_begin, _obstack_begin): Remove area_id + and flags arguments. + * obstack.h (obstack_alloc_arg): New macro to set extra_arg. + +Thu Jul 16 08:12:44 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com) + + * bfd.h: new after adding BFD_IS_RELAXABLE + +Sat Jul 4 03:22:23 1992 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com) + + * bfd.h: Regen after adding BSF_FILE. + +Mon Jun 29 14:18:36 1992 Fred Fish (fnf at sunfish) + + * obstack.h: Convert bcopy() use to memcpy(), which is more + portable, more standard, and can take advantage of gcc's builtin + functions for increased performance. + +Thu Jun 25 04:46:08 1992 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com) + + * ansidecl.h (PARAMS): Incorporate this macro from gdb's defs.h. + It's a cleaner way to forward-declare function prototypes. + +Fri Jun 19 15:46:32 1992 Stu Grossman (grossman at cygnus.com) + + * bfd.h: HPPA merge. + +Tue Jun 16 21:30:56 1992 K. Richard Pixley (rich@cygnus.com) + + * getopt.h: gratuitous white space changes merged from other prep + releases. + +Thu Jun 11 01:10:55 1992 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com) + + * bfd.h: Regen'd from bfd.c after removing elf_core_tdata_struct. + +Mon May 18 17:29:03 1992 K. Richard Pixley (rich@cygnus.com) + + * getopt.h: merged changes from make-3.62.11. + + * getopt.h: merged changes from grep-1.6 (alpha). + +Fri May 8 14:53:32 1992 K. Richard Pixley (rich@cygnus.com) + + * getopt.h: merged changes from bison-1.18. + +Sat Mar 14 17:25:20 1992 Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) + + * obstack.h: Add "area_id" and "flags" members to obstack + structure. Add obstack_chunkfun() and obstack_freefun() to + set functions explicitly. Convert maybe_empty_object to + a bit in "flags". + +Thu Feb 27 22:01:02 1992 Per Bothner (bothner@cygnus.com) + + * wait.h (WIFSTOPPED): Add IBM rs6000-specific version. + +Fri Feb 21 20:49:20 1992 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com) + + * obstack.h: Add obstack_full_begin. + * bfd.h, obstack.h: Protolint. + +Thu Jan 30 01:18:42 1992 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com) + + * bfd.h: Remove comma from enum declaration. + +Mon Jan 27 22:01:13 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac at cygnus.com) + + * bfd.h : new target entr, bfd_relax_section + +Wed Dec 18 17:19:44 1991 Stu Grossman (grossman at cygnus.com) + + * bfd.h, ieee.h: ANSIfy enums. + +Thu Dec 12 20:59:56 1991 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com) + + * fopen-same.h, fopen-bin.h: New files for configuring + whether fopen distinguishes binary files or not. For use + by host-dependent config files. + +Sat Nov 30 20:46:43 1991 Steve Chamberlain (sac at rtl.cygnus.com) + + * bfd.h: change the documentation format. + + * created coff, elf and opcode and aout directories. Moved: + + aout64.h ==> aout/aout64.h + ar.h ==> aout/ar.h + a.out.encap.h ==> aout/encap.h + a.out.host.h ==> aout/host.h + a.out.hp.h ==> aout/hp.h + a.out.sun4.h ==> aout/sun4.h + ranlib.h ==> aout/ranlib.h + reloc.h ==> aout/reloc.h + stab.def ==> aout/stab.def + stab.gnu.h ==> aout/stab_gnu.h + + coff-a29k.h ==> coff/a29k.h + coff-h8300.h ==> coff/h8300.h + coff-i386.h ==> coff/i386.h + coff-i960.h ==> coff/i960.h + internalcoff.h ==> coff/internal.h + coff-m68k.h ==> coff/m68k.h + coff-m88k.h ==> coff/m88k.h + coff-mips.h ==> coff/mips.h + coff-rs6000.h ==> coff/rs6000.h + + elf-common.h ==> elf/common.h + dwarf.h ==> elf/dwarf.h + elf-external.h ==> elf/external.h + elf-internal.h ==> elf/internal.h + + a29k-opcode.h ==> opcode/a29k.h + arm-opcode.h ==> opcode/arm.h + h8300-opcode.h ==> opcode/h8300.h + i386-opcode.h ==> opcode/i386.h + i860-opcode.h ==> opcode/i860.h + i960-opcode.h ==> opcode/i960.h + m68k-opcode.h ==> opcode/m68k.h + m88k-opcode.h ==> opcode/m88k.h + mips-opcode.h ==> opcode/mips.h + np1-opcode.h ==> opcode/np1.h + ns32k-opcode.h ==> opcode/ns32k.h + pn-opcode.h ==> opcode/pn.h + pyr-opcode.h ==> opcode/pyr.h + sparc-opcode.h ==> opcode/sparc.h + tahoe-opcode.h ==> opcode/tahoe.h + vax-opcode.h ==> opcode/vax.h + + + +Wed Nov 27 10:38:31 1991 Steve Chamberlain (sac at rtl.cygnus.com) + + * internalcoff.h: (internal_scnhdr) took out #def dependency, now + s_nreloc and s_nlnno are always long. (internal_reloc): allways + has an offset field now. + +Fri Nov 22 08:12:58 1991 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com) + + * coff-rs6000.h: Lint; use unsigned chars for external fields. + * internalcoff.h: Lint; cast storage classes to signed char. + +Thu Nov 21 21:01:05 1991 Per Bothner (bothner at cygnus.com) + + * stab.def: Remove the GNU extended type codes (e.g. N_SETT). + * aout64.h: The heuristic for distinguishing between + sunos-style and bsd-style ZMAGIC files (wrt. where the + text segment starts) is moved into (the default definition of) + the macro N_HEADER_IN_TEXT. This definition is only used + if no other definition is used - e.g. bfd/newsos3.c defines + N_HEADER_IN_TEXT(x) to be always 0 (as before). + +Thu Nov 21 11:53:03 1991 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com) + + * aout64.h (N_TXTADDR, N_TXTOFF, N_TXTSIZE): New definitions + that should handle all uses. LOGICAL_ versions deleted. + Eliminate N_HEADER_IN_TEXT, using a_entry to determine which + kind of zmagic a.out file we are looking at. + * coff-rs6000.h: Typo. + +Tue Nov 19 18:43:37 1991 Per Bothner (bothner at cygnus.com) + + (Note: This is a revised entry, as was aout64.h.) + * aout64.h: Some cleanups of N_TXTADDR and N_TXTOFF: + Will now work for both old- and new-style ZMAGIC files, + depending on N_HEADER_IN_TEXT macro. + Add LOGICAL_TXTADDR, LOICAL_TXTOFF and LOGICAL_TXTSIZE + that don't count the exec header as part + of the text segment, to be consistent with bfd. + * a.out.sun4.h: Simplified/fixed for previous change. + +Mon Nov 18 00:02:06 1991 Fred Fish (fnf at cygnus.com) + + * dwarf.h: Update to DWARF draft 5 version from gcc2. + +Thu Nov 14 19:44:59 1991 Per Bothner (bothner at cygnus.com) + + * stab.def: Added defs for extended GNU symbol types, + such as N_SETT. These are normally ifdef'd out (because + of conflicts with a.out.gnu.h), but are used by bfb_stab_name(). + +Thu Nov 14 19:17:03 1991 Fred Fish (fnf at cygnus.com) + + * elf-common.h: Add defines to support ELF symbol table code. + +Mon Nov 11 19:01:06 1991 Fred Fish (fnf at cygnus.com) + + * elf-internal.h, elf-external.h, elf-common.h: Add support for + note sections, which are used in ELF core files to hold copies + of various /proc structures. + +Thu Nov 7 08:58:26 1991 Steve Chamberlain (sac at cygnus.com) + + * internalcoff.h: took out the M88 dependency in the lineno + struct. + * coff-m88k.h: defines GET_LINENO_LNNO and PUT_LINENO_LNNO to use + 32bit linno entries. + * a29k-opcode.h: fixed encoding of mtacc + +Sun Nov 3 11:54:22 1991 Per Bothner (bothner at cygnus.com) + + * bfd.h: Updated from ../bfd/bfd-in.h (q.v). + +Fri Nov 1 11:13:53 1991 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com) + + * internalcoff.h: Add x_csect defines. + +Fri Oct 25 03:18:20 1991 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com) + + * Rename COFF-related files in `coff-ARCH.h' form. + coff-a29k.h, coff-i386.h, coff-i960.h, coff-m68k.h, coff-m88k.h, + coff-mips.h, coff-rs6000.h to be exact. + +Thu Oct 24 22:11:11 1991 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com) + + RS/6000 support, by Metin G. Ozisik, Mimi Phûông-Thåo Võ, and + John Gilmore. + + * a.out.gnu.h: Update slightly. + * bfd.h: Add new error code, fix doc, add bfd_arch_rs6000. + * internalcoff.h: Add more F_ codes for filehdr. Add + rs/6000-dependent fields to aouthdr. Add storage classes + to syments. Add 6000-specific auxent. Add r_size in reloc. + * rs6000coff.c: New file. + +Thu Oct 24 04:13:20 1991 Fred Fish (fnf at cygnus.com) + + * dwarf.h: New file for dwarf support. Copied from gcc2 + distribution. + +Wed Oct 16 13:31:45 1991 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com) + + * aout64.h: Remove PAGE_SIZE defines; they are target-dependent. + Add N_FN_SEQ for N_FN symbol type used on Sequent machines. + * stab.def: Include N_FN_SEQ in table. + * bout.h: External formats of structures use unsigned chars. + +Fri Oct 11 12:40:43 1991 Steve Chamberlain (steve at cygnus.com) + + * bfd.h:upgrade from bfd.c + * internalcoff.h: add n_name, n_zeroes and n_offset macros + * amdcoff.h: Define OMAGIC and AOUTHDRSZ. + +Fri Oct 11 10:58:06 1991 Per Bothner (bothner at cygnus.com) + + * a.out.host.h: Change SEGMENT_SIZE to 0x1000 for Sony. + * bfd.h (align_power): Add (actually move) comment. + +Tue Oct 8 15:29:32 1991 Per Bothner (bothner at cygnus.com) + + * sys/h-rtbsd.h: Define MISSING_VFPRINT (for binutils/bucomm.c). + +Sun Oct 6 19:24:39 1991 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com) + + * aout64.h: Move struct internal_exec to ../bfd/libaout.h so + it can be shared by all `a.out-family' code. Rename + EXTERNAL_LIST_SIZE to EXTERNAL_NLIST_SIZE. Use basic types + for nlist members, and make strx integral rather than pointer. + More commentary on n_type values. + * bout.h: Provide a struct external_exec rather than an + internal_exec. + * m68kcoff.h: Remove `tagentries' which snuck in from the i960 + COFF port. + +Fri Oct 4 01:25:59 1991 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com) + + * h8300-opcode.h: Remove `_enum' from the typedef for an enum. + * bfd.h: Update to match bfd changes. + + * sys/h-i386mach.h, sysdep.h: Add 386 Mach host support. + +Tue Oct 1 04:58:42 1991 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com) + + * bfd.h, elf-common.h, elf-external.h, elf-internal.h: + Add preliminary ELF support, sufficient for GDB, from Fred Fish. + * sysdep.h, sys/h-amix.h: Support Amiga SVR4. + + * sys/h-vaxult.h: Make it work. (David Taylor <taylor@think.com>) + * a.out.vax.h: Remove unused and confusing file. + +Mon Sep 30 12:52:35 1991 Per Bothner (bothner at cygnus.com) + + * sysdep.h: Define NEWSOS3_SYS, and use it. + +Fri Sep 20 13:38:21 1991 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com) + + * a.out.gnu.h (N_FN): Its value *really is* 0x1F. + Fix it, and add comments warning about or-ing N_EXT with it + and/or N_WARNING. + * aout64.h (N_FN): Fix value, add comments about N_EXT. + * stab.def (table at end): Update to show all the type + values <0x20, including low order bits. Move N_FN to + its rightful place. + +Tue Sep 17 17:41:37 1991 Stu Grossman (grossman at cygnus.com) + + * sys/h-irix3.h: sgi/irix support. + +Tue Sep 17 07:52:59 1991 John Gilmore (gnu at cygint.cygnus.com) + + * stab.def (N_DEFD): Add GNU Modula-2 debug stab, from Andrew + Beers. + +Thu Sep 12 14:12:59 1991 John Gilmore (gnu at cygint.cygnus.com) + + * internalcoff.h (SYMNMLEN, FILNMLEN, DIMNUM): Define these + for internalcoff, separately from the various external coff's. + * amdcoff.h, bcs88kcoff.h, i386coff.h, intel-coff.h, m68kcoff.h, + m88k-bcs.h: Prefix SYMNMLEN, FILNMLEN, and DIMNUM with E_'s for + the external struct definitions. + * ecoff.h: Remove these #define's, kludge no longer needed. + + * sys/h-ultra3.h: Add new Ultracomputer host. + * sysdep.h: Add ULTRA3_SYM1_SYS and use it. + +Tue Sep 10 10:11:46 1991 John Gilmore (gnu at cygint.cygnus.com) + + * i386coff.h (LINESZ): Always 6, not based on sizeof(). + (Fix from Peter Schauer <pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de>.) + +Wed Sep 4 08:58:37 1991 John Gilmore (gnu at cygint.cygnus.com) + + * a.out.gnu.h, aout64.h: Add N_WARNING. Change N_FN to 0x0E, + to match SunOS and BSD. Add N_COMM as 0x12 for SunOS shared lib + support. + * stab.def: Add N_COMM to table, fix overlap comment. + +Tue Sep 3 06:29:20 1991 John Gilmore (gnu at cygint.cygnus.com) + + Merge with latest FSF versions of these files. + + * stab.gnu.h: Add LAST_UNUSED_STAB_CODE. + * stab.def: Update to GPL2. Move N_WARNING out, since not a + debug symbol. Change comments, and reorder table to numeric + order. Update final table comment. + (N_DSLINE, N_BSLINE): Renumber from 0x66 and 0x68, to 0x46 and 0x48. + + * obstack.h: GPL2. Merge. + +Fri Aug 23 01:54:23 1991 John Gilmore (gnu at cygint.cygnus.com) + + * a.out.gnu.h, a.out.sun4.h: Make SEGMENT_SIZE able to depend + on the particular a.out being examined. + * a.out.sun4.h: Define segment sizes for Sun-3's and Sun-4's. + * FIXME: a.out.gnu.h is almost obsolete. + * FIXME: a.out.sun4.h should be renamed a.out.sun.h now. + +Wed Aug 21 20:32:13 1991 John Gilmore (gnu at cygint.cygnus.com) + + * Start a ChangeLog for the includes directory. + + * a.out.gnu.h (N_FN): Fix value -- was 15, should be 0x1E. + * stab.def: Update allocation table in comments at end, + to reflect reality as I know it. + + +Local Variables: +mode: change-log +left-margin: 8 +fill-column: 74 +version-control: never +End: diff --git a/gcc-4.4.3/include/ansidecl.h b/gcc-4.4.3/include/ansidecl.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c19955a98 --- /dev/null +++ b/gcc-4.4.3/include/ansidecl.h @@ -0,0 +1,393 @@ +/* ANSI and traditional C compatability macros + Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + +This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +(at your option) any later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + +/* ANSI and traditional C compatibility macros + + ANSI C is assumed if __STDC__ is #defined. + + Macro ANSI C definition Traditional C definition + ----- ---- - ---------- ----------- - ---------- + ANSI_PROTOTYPES 1 not defined + PTR `void *' `char *' + PTRCONST `void *const' `char *' + LONG_DOUBLE `long double' `double' + const not defined `' + volatile not defined `' + signed not defined `' + VA_START(ap, var) va_start(ap, var) va_start(ap) + + Note that it is safe to write "void foo();" indicating a function + with no return value, in all K+R compilers we have been able to test. + + For declaring functions with prototypes, we also provide these: + + PARAMS ((prototype)) + -- for functions which take a fixed number of arguments. Use this + when declaring the function. When defining the function, write a + K+R style argument list. For example: + + char *strcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, char *source)); + ... + char * + strcpy (dest, source) + char *dest; + char *source; + { ... } + + + VPARAMS ((prototype, ...)) + -- for functions which take a variable number of arguments. Use + PARAMS to declare the function, VPARAMS to define it. For example: + + int printf PARAMS ((const char *format, ...)); + ... + int + printf VPARAMS ((const char *format, ...)) + { + ... + } + + For writing functions which take variable numbers of arguments, we + also provide the VA_OPEN, VA_CLOSE, and VA_FIXEDARG macros. These + hide the differences between K+R <varargs.h> and C89 <stdarg.h> more + thoroughly than the simple VA_START() macro mentioned above. + + VA_OPEN and VA_CLOSE are used *instead of* va_start and va_end. + Immediately after VA_OPEN, put a sequence of VA_FIXEDARG calls + corresponding to the list of fixed arguments. Then use va_arg + normally to get the variable arguments, or pass your va_list object + around. You do not declare the va_list yourself; VA_OPEN does it + for you. + + Here is a complete example: + + int + printf VPARAMS ((const char *format, ...)) + { + int result; + + VA_OPEN (ap, format); + VA_FIXEDARG (ap, const char *, format); + + result = vfprintf (stdout, format, ap); + VA_CLOSE (ap); + + return result; + } + + + You can declare variables either before or after the VA_OPEN, + VA_FIXEDARG sequence. Also, VA_OPEN and VA_CLOSE are the beginning + and end of a block. They must appear at the same nesting level, + and any variables declared after VA_OPEN go out of scope at + VA_CLOSE. Unfortunately, with a K+R compiler, that includes the + argument list. You can have multiple instances of VA_OPEN/VA_CLOSE + pairs in a single function in case you need to traverse the + argument list more than once. + + For ease of writing code which uses GCC extensions but needs to be + portable to other compilers, we provide the GCC_VERSION macro that + simplifies testing __GNUC__ and __GNUC_MINOR__ together, and various + wrappers around __attribute__. Also, __extension__ will be #defined + to nothing if it doesn't work. See below. + + This header also defines a lot of obsolete macros: + CONST, VOLATILE, SIGNED, PROTO, EXFUN, DEFUN, DEFUN_VOID, + AND, DOTS, NOARGS. Don't use them. */ + +#ifndef _ANSIDECL_H +#define _ANSIDECL_H 1 + +/* Every source file includes this file, + so they will all get the switch for lint. */ +/* LINTLIBRARY */ + +/* Using MACRO(x,y) in cpp #if conditionals does not work with some + older preprocessors. Thus we can't define something like this: + +#define HAVE_GCC_VERSION(MAJOR, MINOR) \ + (__GNUC__ > (MAJOR) || (__GNUC__ == (MAJOR) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (MINOR))) + +and then test "#if HAVE_GCC_VERSION(2,7)". + +So instead we use the macro below and test it against specific values. */ + +/* This macro simplifies testing whether we are using gcc, and if it + is of a particular minimum version. (Both major & minor numbers are + significant.) This macro will evaluate to 0 if we are not using + gcc at all. */ +#ifndef GCC_VERSION +#define GCC_VERSION (__GNUC__ * 1000 + __GNUC_MINOR__) +#endif /* GCC_VERSION */ + +#if defined (__STDC__) || defined (_AIX) || (defined (__mips) && defined (_SYSTYPE_SVR4)) || defined(_WIN32) || (defined(__alpha) && defined(__cplusplus)) +/* All known AIX compilers implement these things (but don't always + define __STDC__). The RISC/OS MIPS compiler defines these things + in SVR4 mode, but does not define __STDC__. */ +/* eraxxon@alumni.rice.edu: The Compaq C++ compiler, unlike many other + C++ compilers, does not define __STDC__, though it acts as if this + was so. (Verified versions: 5.7, 6.2, 6.3, 6.5) */ + +#define ANSI_PROTOTYPES 1 +#define PTR void * +#define PTRCONST void *const +#define LONG_DOUBLE long double + +/* PARAMS is often defined elsewhere (e.g. by libintl.h), so wrap it in + a #ifndef. */ +#ifndef PARAMS +#define PARAMS(ARGS) ARGS +#endif + +#define VPARAMS(ARGS) ARGS +#define VA_START(VA_LIST, VAR) va_start(VA_LIST, VAR) + +/* variadic function helper macros */ +/* "struct Qdmy" swallows the semicolon after VA_OPEN/VA_FIXEDARG's + use without inhibiting further decls and without declaring an + actual variable. */ +#define VA_OPEN(AP, VAR) { va_list AP; va_start(AP, VAR); { struct Qdmy +#define VA_CLOSE(AP) } va_end(AP); } +#define VA_FIXEDARG(AP, T, N) struct Qdmy + +#undef const +#undef volatile +#undef signed + +/* inline requires special treatment; it's in C99, and GCC >=2.7 supports + it too, but it's not in C89. */ +#undef inline +#if __STDC_VERSION__ > 199901L +/* it's a keyword */ +#else +# if GCC_VERSION >= 2007 +# define inline __inline__ /* __inline__ prevents -pedantic warnings */ +# else +# define inline /* nothing */ +# endif +#endif + +/* These are obsolete. Do not use. */ +#ifndef IN_GCC +#define CONST const +#define VOLATILE volatile +#define SIGNED signed + +#define PROTO(type, name, arglist) type name arglist +#define EXFUN(name, proto) name proto +#define DEFUN(name, arglist, args) name(args) +#define DEFUN_VOID(name) name(void) +#define AND , +#define DOTS , ... +#define NOARGS void +#endif /* ! IN_GCC */ + +#else /* Not ANSI C. */ + +#undef ANSI_PROTOTYPES +#define PTR char * +#define PTRCONST PTR +#define LONG_DOUBLE double + +#define PARAMS(args) () +#define VPARAMS(args) (va_alist) va_dcl +#define VA_START(va_list, var) va_start(va_list) + +#define VA_OPEN(AP, VAR) { va_list AP; va_start(AP); { struct Qdmy +#define VA_CLOSE(AP) } va_end(AP); } +#define VA_FIXEDARG(AP, TYPE, NAME) TYPE NAME = va_arg(AP, TYPE) + +/* some systems define these in header files for non-ansi mode */ +#undef const +#undef volatile +#undef signed +#undef inline +#define const +#define volatile +#define signed +#define inline + +#ifndef IN_GCC +#define CONST +#define VOLATILE +#define SIGNED + +#define PROTO(type, name, arglist) type name () +#define EXFUN(name, proto) name() +#define DEFUN(name, arglist, args) name arglist args; +#define DEFUN_VOID(name) name() +#define AND ; +#define DOTS +#define NOARGS +#endif /* ! IN_GCC */ + +#endif /* ANSI C. */ + +/* Define macros for some gcc attributes. This permits us to use the + macros freely, and know that they will come into play for the + version of gcc in which they are supported. */ + +#if (GCC_VERSION < 2007) +# define __attribute__(x) +#endif + +/* Attribute __malloc__ on functions was valid as of gcc 2.96. */ +#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC +# if (GCC_VERSION >= 2096) +# define ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC __attribute__ ((__malloc__)) +# else +# define ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC +# endif /* GNUC >= 2.96 */ +#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC */ + +/* Attributes on labels were valid as of gcc 2.93. */ +#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_LABEL +# if (!defined (__cplusplus) && GCC_VERSION >= 2093) +# define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_LABEL ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED +# else +# define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_LABEL +# endif /* !__cplusplus && GNUC >= 2.93 */ +#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_LABEL */ + +#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED +#define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED __attribute__ ((__unused__)) +#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED */ + +/* Before GCC 3.4, the C++ frontend couldn't parse attributes placed after the + identifier name. */ +#if ! defined(__cplusplus) || (GCC_VERSION >= 3004) +# define ARG_UNUSED(NAME) NAME ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED +#else /* !__cplusplus || GNUC >= 3.4 */ +# define ARG_UNUSED(NAME) NAME +#endif /* !__cplusplus || GNUC >= 3.4 */ + +#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN +#define ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN __attribute__ ((__noreturn__)) +#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN */ + +/* Attribute `nonnull' was valid as of gcc 3.3. */ +#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL +# if (GCC_VERSION >= 3003) +# define ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL(m) __attribute__ ((__nonnull__ (m))) +# else +# define ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL(m) +# endif /* GNUC >= 3.3 */ +#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL */ + +/* Attribute `pure' was valid as of gcc 3.0. */ +#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_PURE +# if (GCC_VERSION >= 3000) +# define ATTRIBUTE_PURE __attribute__ ((__pure__)) +# else +# define ATTRIBUTE_PURE +# endif /* GNUC >= 3.0 */ +#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_PURE */ + +/* Use ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF when the format specifier must not be NULL. + This was the case for the `printf' format attribute by itself + before GCC 3.3, but as of 3.3 we need to add the `nonnull' + attribute to retain this behavior. */ +#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF +#define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(m, n) __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, m, n))) ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL(m) +#define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_1 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(1, 2) +#define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_2 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(2, 3) +#define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_3 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(3, 4) +#define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_4 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(4, 5) +#define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_5 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(5, 6) +#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF */ + +/* Use ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF when the format attribute is to be set on + a function pointer. Format attributes were allowed on function + pointers as of gcc 3.1. */ +#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF +# if (GCC_VERSION >= 3001) +# define ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF(m, n) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(m, n) +# else +# define ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF(m, n) +# endif /* GNUC >= 3.1 */ +# define ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF_1 ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF(1, 2) +# define ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF_2 ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF(2, 3) +# define ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF_3 ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF(3, 4) +# define ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF_4 ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF(4, 5) +# define ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF_5 ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF(5, 6) +#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF */ + +/* Use ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF when the format specifier may be NULL. A + NULL format specifier was allowed as of gcc 3.3. */ +#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF +# if (GCC_VERSION >= 3003) +# define ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF(m, n) __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, m, n))) +# else +# define ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF(m, n) +# endif /* GNUC >= 3.3 */ +# define ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF_1 ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF(1, 2) +# define ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF_2 ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF(2, 3) +# define ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF_3 ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF(3, 4) +# define ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF_4 ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF(4, 5) +# define ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF_5 ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF(5, 6) +#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF */ + +/* Attribute `sentinel' was valid as of gcc 3.5. */ +#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL +# if (GCC_VERSION >= 3005) +# define ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL __attribute__ ((__sentinel__)) +# else +# define ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL +# endif /* GNUC >= 3.5 */ +#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL */ + + +#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_ALIGNED_ALIGNOF +# if (GCC_VERSION >= 3000) +# define ATTRIBUTE_ALIGNED_ALIGNOF(m) __attribute__ ((__aligned__ (__alignof__ (m)))) +# else +# define ATTRIBUTE_ALIGNED_ALIGNOF(m) +# endif /* GNUC >= 3.0 */ +#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_ALIGNED_ALIGNOF */ + +/* Useful for structures whose layout must much some binary specification + regardless of the alignment and padding qualities of the compiler. */ +#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_PACKED +# define ATTRIBUTE_PACKED __attribute__ ((packed)) +#endif + +/* Attribute `hot' and `cold' was valid as of gcc 4.3. */ +#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_COLD +# if (GCC_VERSION >= 4003) +# define ATTRIBUTE_COLD __attribute__ ((__cold__)) +# else +# define ATTRIBUTE_COLD +# endif /* GNUC >= 4.3 */ +#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_COLD */ +#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_HOT +# if (GCC_VERSION >= 4003) +# define ATTRIBUTE_HOT __attribute__ ((__hot__)) +# else +# define ATTRIBUTE_HOT +# endif /* GNUC >= 4.3 */ +#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_HOT */ + +/* We use __extension__ in some places to suppress -pedantic warnings + about GCC extensions. This feature didn't work properly before + gcc 2.8. */ +#if GCC_VERSION < 2008 +#define __extension__ +#endif + +#endif /* ansidecl.h */ diff --git a/gcc-4.4.3/include/demangle.h b/gcc-4.4.3/include/demangle.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eb39c7c13 --- /dev/null +++ b/gcc-4.4.3/include/demangle.h @@ -0,0 +1,612 @@ +/* Defs for interface to demanglers. + Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001, 2002, + 2003, 2004, 2005, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License + as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or + (at your option) any later version. + + In addition to the permissions in the GNU Library General Public + License, the Free Software Foundation gives you unlimited + permission to link the compiled version of this file into + combinations with other programs, and to distribute those + combinations without any restriction coming from the use of this + file. (The Library Public License restrictions do apply in other + respects; for example, they cover modification of the file, and + distribution when not linked into a combined executable.) + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301, USA. */ + + +#if !defined (DEMANGLE_H) +#define DEMANGLE_H + +#include "libiberty.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +/* Options passed to cplus_demangle (in 2nd parameter). */ + +#define DMGL_NO_OPTS 0 /* For readability... */ +#define DMGL_PARAMS (1 << 0) /* Include function args */ +#define DMGL_ANSI (1 << 1) /* Include const, volatile, etc */ +#define DMGL_JAVA (1 << 2) /* Demangle as Java rather than C++. */ +#define DMGL_VERBOSE (1 << 3) /* Include implementation details. */ +#define DMGL_TYPES (1 << 4) /* Also try to demangle type encodings. */ +#define DMGL_RET_POSTFIX (1 << 5) /* Print function return types (when + present) after function signature */ + +#define DMGL_AUTO (1 << 8) +#define DMGL_GNU (1 << 9) +#define DMGL_LUCID (1 << 10) +#define DMGL_ARM (1 << 11) +#define DMGL_HP (1 << 12) /* For the HP aCC compiler; + same as ARM except for + template arguments, etc. */ +#define DMGL_EDG (1 << 13) +#define DMGL_GNU_V3 (1 << 14) +#define DMGL_GNAT (1 << 15) + +/* If none of these are set, use 'current_demangling_style' as the default. */ +#define DMGL_STYLE_MASK (DMGL_AUTO|DMGL_GNU|DMGL_LUCID|DMGL_ARM|DMGL_HP|DMGL_EDG|DMGL_GNU_V3|DMGL_JAVA|DMGL_GNAT) + +/* Enumeration of possible demangling styles. + + Lucid and ARM styles are still kept logically distinct, even though + they now both behave identically. The resulting style is actual the + union of both. I.E. either style recognizes both "__pt__" and "__rf__" + for operator "->", even though the first is lucid style and the second + is ARM style. (FIXME?) */ + +extern enum demangling_styles +{ + no_demangling = -1, + unknown_demangling = 0, + auto_demangling = DMGL_AUTO, + gnu_demangling = DMGL_GNU, + lucid_demangling = DMGL_LUCID, + arm_demangling = DMGL_ARM, + hp_demangling = DMGL_HP, + edg_demangling = DMGL_EDG, + gnu_v3_demangling = DMGL_GNU_V3, + java_demangling = DMGL_JAVA, + gnat_demangling = DMGL_GNAT +} current_demangling_style; + +/* Define string names for the various demangling styles. */ + +#define NO_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "none" +#define AUTO_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "auto" +#define GNU_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "gnu" +#define LUCID_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "lucid" +#define ARM_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "arm" +#define HP_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "hp" +#define EDG_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "edg" +#define GNU_V3_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "gnu-v3" +#define JAVA_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "java" +#define GNAT_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "gnat" + +/* Some macros to test what demangling style is active. */ + +#define CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE current_demangling_style +#define AUTO_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_AUTO) +#define GNU_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_GNU) +#define LUCID_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_LUCID) +#define ARM_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_ARM) +#define HP_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_HP) +#define EDG_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_EDG) +#define GNU_V3_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_GNU_V3) +#define JAVA_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_JAVA) +#define GNAT_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_GNAT) + +/* Provide information about the available demangle styles. This code is + pulled from gdb into libiberty because it is useful to binutils also. */ + +extern const struct demangler_engine +{ + const char *const demangling_style_name; + const enum demangling_styles demangling_style; + const char *const demangling_style_doc; +} libiberty_demanglers[]; + +extern char * +cplus_demangle (const char *mangled, int options); + +extern int +cplus_demangle_opname (const char *opname, char *result, int options); + +extern const char * +cplus_mangle_opname (const char *opname, int options); + +/* Note: This sets global state. FIXME if you care about multi-threading. */ + +extern void +set_cplus_marker_for_demangling (int ch); + +extern enum demangling_styles +cplus_demangle_set_style (enum demangling_styles style); + +extern enum demangling_styles +cplus_demangle_name_to_style (const char *name); + +/* Callback typedef for allocation-less demangler interfaces. */ +typedef void (*demangle_callbackref) (const char *, size_t, void *); + +/* V3 ABI demangling entry points, defined in cp-demangle.c. Callback + variants return non-zero on success, zero on error. char* variants + return a string allocated by malloc on success, NULL on error. */ +extern int +cplus_demangle_v3_callback (const char *mangled, int options, + demangle_callbackref callback, void *opaque); + +extern char* +cplus_demangle_v3 (const char *mangled, int options); + +extern int +java_demangle_v3_callback (const char *mangled, + demangle_callbackref callback, void *opaque); + +extern char* +java_demangle_v3 (const char *mangled); + +enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds { + gnu_v3_complete_object_ctor = 1, + gnu_v3_base_object_ctor, + gnu_v3_complete_object_allocating_ctor +}; + +/* Return non-zero iff NAME is the mangled form of a constructor name + in the G++ V3 ABI demangling style. Specifically, return an `enum + gnu_v3_ctor_kinds' value indicating what kind of constructor + it is. */ +extern enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds + is_gnu_v3_mangled_ctor (const char *name); + + +enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds { + gnu_v3_deleting_dtor = 1, + gnu_v3_complete_object_dtor, + gnu_v3_base_object_dtor +}; + +/* Return non-zero iff NAME is the mangled form of a destructor name + in the G++ V3 ABI demangling style. Specifically, return an `enum + gnu_v3_dtor_kinds' value, indicating what kind of destructor + it is. */ +extern enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds + is_gnu_v3_mangled_dtor (const char *name); + +/* The V3 demangler works in two passes. The first pass builds a tree + representation of the mangled name, and the second pass turns the + tree representation into a demangled string. Here we define an + interface to permit a caller to build their own tree + representation, which they can pass to the demangler to get a + demangled string. This can be used to canonicalize user input into + something which the demangler might output. It could also be used + by other demanglers in the future. */ + +/* These are the component types which may be found in the tree. Many + component types have one or two subtrees, referred to as left and + right (a component type with only one subtree puts it in the left + subtree). */ + +enum demangle_component_type +{ + /* A name, with a length and a pointer to a string. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME, + /* A qualified name. The left subtree is a class or namespace or + some such thing, and the right subtree is a name qualified by + that class. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_QUAL_NAME, + /* A local name. The left subtree describes a function, and the + right subtree is a name which is local to that function. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME, + /* A typed name. The left subtree is a name, and the right subtree + describes that name as a function. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPED_NAME, + /* A template. The left subtree is a template name, and the right + subtree is a template argument list. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE, + /* A template parameter. This holds a number, which is the template + parameter index. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_PARAM, + /* A function parameter. This holds a number, which is the index. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FUNCTION_PARAM, + /* A constructor. This holds a name and the kind of + constructor. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CTOR, + /* A destructor. This holds a name and the kind of destructor. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DTOR, + /* A vtable. This has one subtree, the type for which this is a + vtable. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VTABLE, + /* A VTT structure. This has one subtree, the type for which this + is a VTT. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VTT, + /* A construction vtable. The left subtree is the type for which + this is a vtable, and the right subtree is the derived type for + which this vtable is built. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONSTRUCTION_VTABLE, + /* A typeinfo structure. This has one subtree, the type for which + this is the tpeinfo structure. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPEINFO, + /* A typeinfo name. This has one subtree, the type for which this + is the typeinfo name. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPEINFO_NAME, + /* A typeinfo function. This has one subtree, the type for which + this is the tpyeinfo function. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPEINFO_FN, + /* A thunk. This has one subtree, the name for which this is a + thunk. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_THUNK, + /* A virtual thunk. This has one subtree, the name for which this + is a virtual thunk. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VIRTUAL_THUNK, + /* A covariant thunk. This has one subtree, the name for which this + is a covariant thunk. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COVARIANT_THUNK, + /* A Java class. This has one subtree, the type. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_JAVA_CLASS, + /* A guard variable. This has one subtree, the name for which this + is a guard variable. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_GUARD, + /* A reference temporary. This has one subtree, the name for which + this is a temporary. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFTEMP, + /* A hidden alias. This has one subtree, the encoding for which it + is providing alternative linkage. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_HIDDEN_ALIAS, + /* A standard substitution. This holds the name of the + substitution. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_SUB_STD, + /* The restrict qualifier. The one subtree is the type which is + being qualified. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT, + /* The volatile qualifier. The one subtree is the type which is + being qualified. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE, + /* The const qualifier. The one subtree is the type which is being + qualified. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST, + /* The restrict qualifier modifying a member function. The one + subtree is the type which is being qualified. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS, + /* The volatile qualifier modifying a member function. The one + subtree is the type which is being qualified. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS, + /* The const qualifier modifying a member function. The one subtree + is the type which is being qualified. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS, + /* A vendor qualifier. The left subtree is the type which is being + qualified, and the right subtree is the name of the + qualifier. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_TYPE_QUAL, + /* A pointer. The one subtree is the type which is being pointed + to. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_POINTER, + /* A reference. The one subtree is the type which is being + referenced. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE, + /* C++0x: An rvalue reference. The one subtree is the type which is + being referenced. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE, + /* A complex type. The one subtree is the base type. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COMPLEX, + /* An imaginary type. The one subtree is the base type. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_IMAGINARY, + /* A builtin type. This holds the builtin type information. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BUILTIN_TYPE, + /* A vendor's builtin type. This holds the name of the type. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_TYPE, + /* A function type. The left subtree is the return type. The right + subtree is a list of ARGLIST nodes. Either or both may be + NULL. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FUNCTION_TYPE, + /* An array type. The left subtree is the dimension, which may be + NULL, or a string (represented as DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME), or an + expression. The right subtree is the element type. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARRAY_TYPE, + /* A pointer to member type. The left subtree is the class type, + and the right subtree is the member type. CV-qualifiers appear + on the latter. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_PTRMEM_TYPE, + /* A fixed-point type. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FIXED_TYPE, + /* An argument list. The left subtree is the current argument, and + the right subtree is either NULL or another ARGLIST node. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARGLIST, + /* A template argument list. The left subtree is the current + template argument, and the right subtree is either NULL or + another TEMPLATE_ARGLIST node. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_ARGLIST, + /* An operator. This holds information about a standard + operator. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_OPERATOR, + /* An extended operator. This holds the number of arguments, and + the name of the extended operator. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_EXTENDED_OPERATOR, + /* A typecast, represented as a unary operator. The one subtree is + the type to which the argument should be cast. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CAST, + /* A unary expression. The left subtree is the operator, and the + right subtree is the single argument. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_UNARY, + /* A binary expression. The left subtree is the operator, and the + right subtree is a BINARY_ARGS. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BINARY, + /* Arguments to a binary expression. The left subtree is the first + argument, and the right subtree is the second argument. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BINARY_ARGS, + /* A trinary expression. The left subtree is the operator, and the + right subtree is a TRINARY_ARG1. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY, + /* Arguments to a trinary expression. The left subtree is the first + argument, and the right subtree is a TRINARY_ARG2. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY_ARG1, + /* More arguments to a trinary expression. The left subtree is the + second argument, and the right subtree is the third argument. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY_ARG2, + /* A literal. The left subtree is the type, and the right subtree + is the value, represented as a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LITERAL, + /* A negative literal. Like LITERAL, but the value is negated. + This is a minor hack: the NAME used for LITERAL points directly + to the mangled string, but since negative numbers are mangled + using 'n' instead of '-', we want a way to indicate a negative + number which involves neither modifying the mangled string nor + allocating a new copy of the literal in memory. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LITERAL_NEG, + /* A libgcj compiled resource. The left subtree is the name of the + resource. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_JAVA_RESOURCE, + /* A name formed by the concatenation of two parts. The left + subtree is the first part and the right subtree the second. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COMPOUND_NAME, + /* A name formed by a single character. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CHARACTER, + /* A decltype type. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DECLTYPE, + /* A pack expansion. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_PACK_EXPANSION +}; + +/* Types which are only used internally. */ + +struct demangle_operator_info; +struct demangle_builtin_type_info; + +/* A node in the tree representation is an instance of a struct + demangle_component. Note that the field names of the struct are + not well protected against macros defined by the file including + this one. We can fix this if it ever becomes a problem. */ + +struct demangle_component +{ + /* The type of this component. */ + enum demangle_component_type type; + + union + { + /* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME. */ + struct + { + /* A pointer to the name (which need not NULL terminated) and + its length. */ + const char *s; + int len; + } s_name; + + /* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_OPERATOR. */ + struct + { + /* Operator. */ + const struct demangle_operator_info *op; + } s_operator; + + /* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_EXTENDED_OPERATOR. */ + struct + { + /* Number of arguments. */ + int args; + /* Name. */ + struct demangle_component *name; + } s_extended_operator; + + /* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FIXED_TYPE. */ + struct + { + /* The length, indicated by a C integer type name. */ + struct demangle_component *length; + /* _Accum or _Fract? */ + short accum; + /* Saturating or not? */ + short sat; + } s_fixed; + + /* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CTOR. */ + struct + { + /* Kind of constructor. */ + enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds kind; + /* Name. */ + struct demangle_component *name; + } s_ctor; + + /* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DTOR. */ + struct + { + /* Kind of destructor. */ + enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds kind; + /* Name. */ + struct demangle_component *name; + } s_dtor; + + /* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BUILTIN_TYPE. */ + struct + { + /* Builtin type. */ + const struct demangle_builtin_type_info *type; + } s_builtin; + + /* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_SUB_STD. */ + struct + { + /* Standard substitution string. */ + const char* string; + /* Length of string. */ + int len; + } s_string; + + /* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_*_PARAM. */ + struct + { + /* Parameter index. */ + long number; + } s_number; + + /* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CHARACTER. */ + struct + { + int character; + } s_character; + + /* For other types. */ + struct + { + /* Left (or only) subtree. */ + struct demangle_component *left; + /* Right subtree. */ + struct demangle_component *right; + } s_binary; + + } u; +}; + +/* People building mangled trees are expected to allocate instances of + struct demangle_component themselves. They can then call one of + the following functions to fill them in. */ + +/* Fill in most component types with a left subtree and a right + subtree. Returns non-zero on success, zero on failure, such as an + unrecognized or inappropriate component type. */ + +extern int +cplus_demangle_fill_component (struct demangle_component *fill, + enum demangle_component_type, + struct demangle_component *left, + struct demangle_component *right); + +/* Fill in a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME. Returns non-zero on success, + zero for bad arguments. */ + +extern int +cplus_demangle_fill_name (struct demangle_component *fill, + const char *, int); + +/* Fill in a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BUILTIN_TYPE, using the name of the + builtin type (e.g., "int", etc.). Returns non-zero on success, + zero if the type is not recognized. */ + +extern int +cplus_demangle_fill_builtin_type (struct demangle_component *fill, + const char *type_name); + +/* Fill in a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_OPERATOR, using the name of the + operator and the number of arguments which it takes (the latter is + used to disambiguate operators which can be both binary and unary, + such as '-'). Returns non-zero on success, zero if the operator is + not recognized. */ + +extern int +cplus_demangle_fill_operator (struct demangle_component *fill, + const char *opname, int args); + +/* Fill in a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_EXTENDED_OPERATOR, providing the + number of arguments and the name. Returns non-zero on success, + zero for bad arguments. */ + +extern int +cplus_demangle_fill_extended_operator (struct demangle_component *fill, + int numargs, + struct demangle_component *nm); + +/* Fill in a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CTOR. Returns non-zero on success, + zero for bad arguments. */ + +extern int +cplus_demangle_fill_ctor (struct demangle_component *fill, + enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds kind, + struct demangle_component *name); + +/* Fill in a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DTOR. Returns non-zero on success, + zero for bad arguments. */ + +extern int +cplus_demangle_fill_dtor (struct demangle_component *fill, + enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds kind, + struct demangle_component *name); + +/* This function translates a mangled name into a struct + demangle_component tree. The first argument is the mangled name. + The second argument is DMGL_* options. This returns a pointer to a + tree on success, or NULL on failure. On success, the third + argument is set to a block of memory allocated by malloc. This + block should be passed to free when the tree is no longer + needed. */ + +extern struct demangle_component * +cplus_demangle_v3_components (const char *mangled, int options, void **mem); + +/* This function takes a struct demangle_component tree and returns + the corresponding demangled string. The first argument is DMGL_* + options. The second is the tree to demangle. The third is a guess + at the length of the demangled string, used to initially allocate + the return buffer. The fourth is a pointer to a size_t. On + success, this function returns a buffer allocated by malloc(), and + sets the size_t pointed to by the fourth argument to the size of + the allocated buffer (not the length of the returned string). On + failure, this function returns NULL, and sets the size_t pointed to + by the fourth argument to 0 for an invalid tree, or to 1 for a + memory allocation error. */ + +extern char * +cplus_demangle_print (int options, + const struct demangle_component *tree, + int estimated_length, + size_t *p_allocated_size); + +/* This function takes a struct demangle_component tree and passes back + a demangled string in one or more calls to a callback function. + The first argument is DMGL_* options. The second is the tree to + demangle. The third is a pointer to a callback function; on each call + this receives an element of the demangled string, its length, and an + opaque value. The fourth is the opaque value passed to the callback. + The callback is called once or more to return the full demangled + string. The demangled element string is always nul-terminated, though + its length is also provided for convenience. In contrast to + cplus_demangle_print(), this function does not allocate heap memory + to grow output strings (except perhaps where alloca() is implemented + by malloc()), and so is normally safe for use where the heap has been + corrupted. On success, this function returns 1; on failure, 0. */ + +extern int +cplus_demangle_print_callback (int options, + const struct demangle_component *tree, + demangle_callbackref callback, void *opaque); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#endif /* DEMANGLE_H */ diff --git a/gcc-4.4.3/include/dyn-string.h b/gcc-4.4.3/include/dyn-string.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..44e33deba --- /dev/null +++ b/gcc-4.4.3/include/dyn-string.h @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +/* An abstract string datatype. + Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Contributed by Mark Mitchell (mark@markmitchell.com). + +This file is part of GCC. + +GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +any later version. + +GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to +the Free Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, +Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + + +typedef struct dyn_string +{ + int allocated; /* The amount of space allocated for the string. */ + int length; /* The actual length of the string. */ + char *s; /* The string itself, NUL-terminated. */ +}* dyn_string_t; + +/* The length STR, in bytes, not including the terminating NUL. */ +#define dyn_string_length(STR) \ + ((STR)->length) + +/* The NTBS in which the contents of STR are stored. */ +#define dyn_string_buf(STR) \ + ((STR)->s) + +/* Compare DS1 to DS2 with strcmp. */ +#define dyn_string_compare(DS1, DS2) \ + (strcmp ((DS1)->s, (DS2)->s)) + + +extern int dyn_string_init (struct dyn_string *, int); +extern dyn_string_t dyn_string_new (int); +extern void dyn_string_delete (dyn_string_t); +extern char *dyn_string_release (dyn_string_t); +extern dyn_string_t dyn_string_resize (dyn_string_t, int); +extern void dyn_string_clear (dyn_string_t); +extern int dyn_string_copy (dyn_string_t, dyn_string_t); +extern int dyn_string_copy_cstr (dyn_string_t, const char *); +extern int dyn_string_prepend (dyn_string_t, dyn_string_t); +extern int dyn_string_prepend_cstr (dyn_string_t, const char *); +extern int dyn_string_insert (dyn_string_t, int, dyn_string_t); +extern int dyn_string_insert_cstr (dyn_string_t, int, const char *); +extern int dyn_string_insert_char (dyn_string_t, int, int); +extern int dyn_string_append (dyn_string_t, dyn_string_t); +extern int dyn_string_append_cstr (dyn_string_t, const char *); +extern int dyn_string_append_char (dyn_string_t, int); +extern int dyn_string_substring (dyn_string_t, dyn_string_t, int, int); +extern int dyn_string_eq (dyn_string_t, dyn_string_t); diff --git a/gcc-4.4.3/include/fibheap.h b/gcc-4.4.3/include/fibheap.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..348c4ae26 --- /dev/null +++ b/gcc-4.4.3/include/fibheap.h @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +/* A Fibonacci heap datatype. + Copyright 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Contributed by Daniel Berlin (dan@cgsoftware.com). + +This file is part of GCC. + +GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +any later version. + +GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to +the Free Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, +Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + +/* Fibonacci heaps are somewhat complex, but, there's an article in + DDJ that explains them pretty well: + + http://www.ddj.com/articles/1997/9701/9701o/9701o.htm?topic=algoritms + + Introduction to algorithms by Corman and Rivest also goes over them. + + The original paper that introduced them is "Fibonacci heaps and their + uses in improved network optimization algorithms" by Tarjan and + Fredman (JACM 34(3), July 1987). + + Amortized and real worst case time for operations: + + ExtractMin: O(lg n) amortized. O(n) worst case. + DecreaseKey: O(1) amortized. O(lg n) worst case. + Insert: O(2) amortized. O(1) actual. + Union: O(1) amortized. O(1) actual. */ + +#ifndef _FIBHEAP_H_ +#define _FIBHEAP_H_ + +#include "ansidecl.h" + +typedef long fibheapkey_t; + +typedef struct fibheap +{ + size_t nodes; + struct fibnode *min; + struct fibnode *root; +} *fibheap_t; + +typedef struct fibnode +{ + struct fibnode *parent; + struct fibnode *child; + struct fibnode *left; + struct fibnode *right; + fibheapkey_t key; + void *data; +#if defined (__GNUC__) && (!defined (SIZEOF_INT) || SIZEOF_INT < 4) + __extension__ unsigned long int degree : 31; + __extension__ unsigned long int mark : 1; +#else + unsigned int degree : 31; + unsigned int mark : 1; +#endif +} *fibnode_t; + +extern fibheap_t fibheap_new (void); +extern fibnode_t fibheap_insert (fibheap_t, fibheapkey_t, void *); +extern int fibheap_empty (fibheap_t); +extern fibheapkey_t fibheap_min_key (fibheap_t); +extern fibheapkey_t fibheap_replace_key (fibheap_t, fibnode_t, + fibheapkey_t); +extern void *fibheap_replace_key_data (fibheap_t, fibnode_t, + fibheapkey_t, void *); +extern void *fibheap_extract_min (fibheap_t); +extern void *fibheap_min (fibheap_t); +extern void *fibheap_replace_data (fibheap_t, fibnode_t, void *); +extern void *fibheap_delete_node (fibheap_t, fibnode_t); +extern void fibheap_delete (fibheap_t); +extern fibheap_t fibheap_union (fibheap_t, fibheap_t); + +#endif /* _FIBHEAP_H_ */ diff --git a/gcc-4.4.3/include/filenames.h b/gcc-4.4.3/include/filenames.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0d411cc12 --- /dev/null +++ b/gcc-4.4.3/include/filenames.h @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +/* Macros for taking apart, interpreting and processing file names. + + These are here because some non-Posix (a.k.a. DOSish) systems have + drive letter brain-damage at the beginning of an absolute file name, + use forward- and back-slash in path names interchangeably, and + some of them have case-insensitive file names. + + Copyright 2000, 2001, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. + +This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +(at your option) any later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + +#ifndef FILENAMES_H +#define FILENAMES_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#if defined(__MSDOS__) || defined(_WIN32) || defined(__OS2__) || defined (__CYGWIN__) + +#ifndef HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM +#define HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM 1 +#endif + +#define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(c) ((c) == '/' || (c) == '\\') +/* Note that IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH accepts d:foo as well, although it is + only semi-absolute. This is because the users of IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH + want to know whether to prepend the current working directory to + a file name, which should not be done with a name like d:foo. */ +#define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(f) (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR((f)[0]) || (((f)[0]) && ((f)[1] == ':'))) + +#else /* not DOSish */ + +#define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(c) ((c) == '/') +#define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(f) (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR((f)[0])) + +#endif /* not DOSish */ + +extern int filename_cmp (const char *s1, const char *s2); +#define FILENAME_CMP(s1, s2) filename_cmp(s1, s2) + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* FILENAMES_H */ diff --git a/gcc-4.4.3/include/floatformat.h b/gcc-4.4.3/include/floatformat.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c5f60a3cd --- /dev/null +++ b/gcc-4.4.3/include/floatformat.h @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +/* IEEE floating point support declarations, for GDB, the GNU Debugger. + Copyright 1991, 1994, 1995, 1997, 2000, 2003, 2005 + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of GDB. + +This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +(at your option) any later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + +#if !defined (FLOATFORMAT_H) +#define FLOATFORMAT_H 1 + +#include "ansidecl.h" + +/* A floatformat consists of a sign bit, an exponent and a mantissa. Once the + bytes are concatenated according to the byteorder flag, then each of those + fields is contiguous. We number the bits with 0 being the most significant + (i.e. BITS_BIG_ENDIAN type numbering), and specify which bits each field + contains with the *_start and *_len fields. */ + +/* What is the order of the bytes? */ + +enum floatformat_byteorders { + /* Standard little endian byte order. + EX: 1.2345678e10 => 00 00 80 c5 e0 fe 06 42 */ + floatformat_little, + + /* Standard big endian byte order. + EX: 1.2345678e10 => 42 06 fe e0 c5 80 00 00 */ + floatformat_big, + + /* Little endian byte order but big endian word order. + EX: 1.2345678e10 => e0 fe 06 42 00 00 80 c5 */ + floatformat_littlebyte_bigword, + + /* VAX byte order. Little endian byte order with 16-bit words. The + following example is an illustration of the byte order only; VAX + doesn't have a fully IEEE compliant floating-point format. + EX: 1.2345678e10 => 80 c5 00 00 06 42 e0 fe */ + floatformat_vax +}; + +enum floatformat_intbit { floatformat_intbit_yes, floatformat_intbit_no }; + +struct floatformat +{ + enum floatformat_byteorders byteorder; + unsigned int totalsize; /* Total size of number in bits */ + + /* Sign bit is always one bit long. 1 means negative, 0 means positive. */ + unsigned int sign_start; + + unsigned int exp_start; + unsigned int exp_len; + /* Bias added to a "true" exponent to form the biased exponent. It + is intentionally signed as, otherwize, -exp_bias can turn into a + very large number (e.g., given the exp_bias of 0x3fff and a 64 + bit long, the equation (long)(1 - exp_bias) evaluates to + 4294950914) instead of -16382). */ + int exp_bias; + /* Exponent value which indicates NaN. This is the actual value stored in + the float, not adjusted by the exp_bias. This usually consists of all + one bits. */ + unsigned int exp_nan; + + unsigned int man_start; + unsigned int man_len; + + /* Is the integer bit explicit or implicit? */ + enum floatformat_intbit intbit; + + /* Internal name for debugging. */ + const char *name; + + /* Validator method. */ + int (*is_valid) (const struct floatformat *fmt, const void *from); + + /* Is the format actually the sum of two smaller floating point + formats (IBM long double, as described in + gcc/config/rs6000/darwin-ldouble-format)? If so, this is the + smaller format in question, and the fields sign_start through + intbit describe the first half. If not, this is NULL. */ + const struct floatformat *split_half; +}; + +/* floatformats for IEEE single and double, big and little endian. */ + +extern const struct floatformat floatformat_ieee_single_big; +extern const struct floatformat floatformat_ieee_single_little; +extern const struct floatformat floatformat_ieee_double_big; +extern const struct floatformat floatformat_ieee_double_little; + +/* floatformat for ARM IEEE double, little endian bytes and big endian words */ + +extern const struct floatformat floatformat_ieee_double_littlebyte_bigword; + +/* floatformats for VAX. */ + +extern const struct floatformat floatformat_vax_f; +extern const struct floatformat floatformat_vax_d; +extern const struct floatformat floatformat_vax_g; + +/* floatformats for various extendeds. */ + +extern const struct floatformat floatformat_i387_ext; +extern const struct floatformat floatformat_m68881_ext; +extern const struct floatformat floatformat_i960_ext; +extern const struct floatformat floatformat_m88110_ext; +extern const struct floatformat floatformat_m88110_harris_ext; +extern const struct floatformat floatformat_arm_ext_big; +extern const struct floatformat floatformat_arm_ext_littlebyte_bigword; +/* IA-64 Floating Point register spilt into memory. */ +extern const struct floatformat floatformat_ia64_spill_big; +extern const struct floatformat floatformat_ia64_spill_little; +extern const struct floatformat floatformat_ia64_quad_big; +extern const struct floatformat floatformat_ia64_quad_little; +/* IBM long double (double+double). */ +extern const struct floatformat floatformat_ibm_long_double; + +/* Convert from FMT to a double. + FROM is the address of the extended float. + Store the double in *TO. */ + +extern void +floatformat_to_double (const struct floatformat *, const void *, double *); + +/* The converse: convert the double *FROM to FMT + and store where TO points. */ + +extern void +floatformat_from_double (const struct floatformat *, const double *, void *); + +/* Return non-zero iff the data at FROM is a valid number in format FMT. */ + +extern int +floatformat_is_valid (const struct floatformat *fmt, const void *from); + +#endif /* defined (FLOATFORMAT_H) */ diff --git a/gcc-4.4.3/include/fnmatch.h b/gcc-4.4.3/include/fnmatch.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5b9953ca3 --- /dev/null +++ b/gcc-4.4.3/include/fnmatch.h @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +/* Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library. +Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu. + +This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the +Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any +later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, +Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + +#ifndef _FNMATCH_H + +#define _FNMATCH_H 1 + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#if defined (__cplusplus) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__) +#undef __P +#define __P(args) args +#else /* Not C++ or ANSI C. */ +#undef __P +#define __P(args) () +/* We can get away without defining `const' here only because in this file + it is used only inside the prototype for `fnmatch', which is elided in + non-ANSI C where `const' is problematical. */ +#endif /* C++ or ANSI C. */ + + +/* We #undef these before defining them because some losing systems + (HP-UX A.08.07 for example) define these in <unistd.h>. */ +#undef FNM_PATHNAME +#undef FNM_NOESCAPE +#undef FNM_PERIOD + +/* Bits set in the FLAGS argument to `fnmatch'. */ +#define FNM_PATHNAME (1 << 0) /* No wildcard can ever match `/'. */ +#define FNM_NOESCAPE (1 << 1) /* Backslashes don't quote special chars. */ +#define FNM_PERIOD (1 << 2) /* Leading `.' is matched only explicitly. */ + +#if !defined (_POSIX_C_SOURCE) || _POSIX_C_SOURCE < 2 || defined (_GNU_SOURCE) +#define FNM_FILE_NAME FNM_PATHNAME /* Preferred GNU name. */ +#define FNM_LEADING_DIR (1 << 3) /* Ignore `/...' after a match. */ +#define FNM_CASEFOLD (1 << 4) /* Compare without regard to case. */ +#endif + +/* Value returned by `fnmatch' if STRING does not match PATTERN. */ +#define FNM_NOMATCH 1 + +/* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN, + returning zero if it matches, FNM_NOMATCH if not. */ +extern int fnmatch __P ((const char *__pattern, const char *__string, + int __flags)); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* fnmatch.h */ diff --git a/gcc-4.4.3/include/getopt.h b/gcc-4.4.3/include/getopt.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5421cabed --- /dev/null +++ b/gcc-4.4.3/include/getopt.h @@ -0,0 +1,144 @@ +/* Declarations for getopt. + Copyright 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000, + 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library. + Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the + Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any + later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _GETOPT_H +#define _GETOPT_H 1 + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller. + When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument, + the argument value is returned here. + Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER, + each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */ + +extern char *optarg; + +/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned. + This is used for communication to and from the caller + and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'. + + On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize. + + When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the + non-option elements that the caller should itself scan. + + Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next + how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */ + +extern int optind; + +/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints + for unrecognized options. */ + +extern int opterr; + +/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. */ + +extern int optopt; + +/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application. + The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector + of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is + zero. + + The field `has_arg' is: + no_argument (or 0) if the option does not take an argument, + required_argument (or 1) if the option requires an argument, + optional_argument (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument. + + If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set + to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but + left unchanged if the option is not found. + + To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to + a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the + option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero + value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is + one). For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt' + returns the contents of the `val' field. */ + +struct option +{ +#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ + const char *name; +#else + char *name; +#endif + /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about + type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int. */ + int has_arg; + int *flag; + int val; +}; + +/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'. */ + +#define no_argument 0 +#define required_argument 1 +#define optional_argument 2 + +#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ +/* HAVE_DECL_* is a three-state macro: undefined, 0 or 1. If it is + undefined, we haven't run the autoconf check so provide the + declaration without arguments. If it is 0, we checked and failed + to find the declaration so provide a fully prototyped one. If it + is 1, we found it so don't provide any declaration at all. */ +#if !HAVE_DECL_GETOPT +#if defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) || defined (HAVE_DECL_GETOPT) +/* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with + differences in the consts, in unistd.h. To avoid compilation + errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library. */ +extern int getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts); +#else +#ifndef __cplusplus +extern int getopt (); +#endif /* __cplusplus */ +#endif +#endif /* !HAVE_DECL_GETOPT */ + +extern int getopt_long (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts, + const struct option *longopts, int *longind); +extern int getopt_long_only (int argc, char *const *argv, + const char *shortopts, + const struct option *longopts, int *longind); + +/* Internal only. Users should not call this directly. */ +extern int _getopt_internal (int argc, char *const *argv, + const char *shortopts, + const struct option *longopts, int *longind, + int long_only); +#else /* not __STDC__ */ +extern int getopt (); +extern int getopt_long (); +extern int getopt_long_only (); + +extern int _getopt_internal (); +#endif /* __STDC__ */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* getopt.h */ diff --git a/gcc-4.4.3/include/hashtab.h b/gcc-4.4.3/include/hashtab.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..77eee14e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/gcc-4.4.3/include/hashtab.h @@ -0,0 +1,206 @@ +/* An expandable hash tables datatype. + Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Contributed by Vladimir Makarov (vmakarov@cygnus.com). + +This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +(at your option) any later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + +/* This package implements basic hash table functionality. It is possible + to search for an entry, create an entry and destroy an entry. + + Elements in the table are generic pointers. + + The size of the table is not fixed; if the occupancy of the table + grows too high the hash table will be expanded. + + The abstract data implementation is based on generalized Algorithm D + from Knuth's book "The art of computer programming". Hash table is + expanded by creation of new hash table and transferring elements from + the old table to the new table. */ + +#ifndef __HASHTAB_H__ +#define __HASHTAB_H__ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#include "ansidecl.h" + +#ifndef GTY +#define GTY(X) +#endif + +/* The type for a hash code. */ +typedef unsigned int hashval_t; + +/* Callback function pointer types. */ + +/* Calculate hash of a table entry. */ +typedef hashval_t (*htab_hash) (const void *); + +/* Compare a table entry with a possible entry. The entry already in + the table always comes first, so the second element can be of a + different type (but in this case htab_find and htab_find_slot + cannot be used; instead the variants that accept a hash value + must be used). */ +typedef int (*htab_eq) (const void *, const void *); + +/* Cleanup function called whenever a live element is removed from + the hash table. */ +typedef void (*htab_del) (void *); + +/* Function called by htab_traverse for each live element. The first + arg is the slot of the element (which can be passed to htab_clear_slot + if desired), the second arg is the auxiliary pointer handed to + htab_traverse. Return 1 to continue scan, 0 to stop. */ +typedef int (*htab_trav) (void **, void *); + +/* Memory-allocation function, with the same functionality as calloc(). + Iff it returns NULL, the hash table implementation will pass an error + code back to the user, so if your code doesn't handle errors, + best if you use xcalloc instead. */ +typedef void *(*htab_alloc) (size_t, size_t); + +/* We also need a free() routine. */ +typedef void (*htab_free) (void *); + +/* Memory allocation and deallocation; variants which take an extra + argument. */ +typedef void *(*htab_alloc_with_arg) (void *, size_t, size_t); +typedef void (*htab_free_with_arg) (void *, void *); + +/* This macro defines reserved value for empty table entry. */ + +#define HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY ((PTR) 0) + +/* This macro defines reserved value for table entry which contained + a deleted element. */ + +#define HTAB_DELETED_ENTRY ((PTR) 1) + +/* Hash tables are of the following type. The structure + (implementation) of this type is not needed for using the hash + tables. All work with hash table should be executed only through + functions mentioned below. The size of this structure is subject to + change. */ + +struct htab GTY(()) +{ + /* Pointer to hash function. */ + htab_hash hash_f; + + /* Pointer to comparison function. */ + htab_eq eq_f; + + /* Pointer to cleanup function. */ + htab_del del_f; + + /* Table itself. */ + void ** GTY ((use_param, length ("%h.size"))) entries; + + /* Current size (in entries) of the hash table. */ + size_t size; + + /* Current number of elements including also deleted elements. */ + size_t n_elements; + + /* Current number of deleted elements in the table. */ + size_t n_deleted; + + /* The following member is used for debugging. Its value is number + of all calls of `htab_find_slot' for the hash table. */ + unsigned int searches; + + /* The following member is used for debugging. Its value is number + of collisions fixed for time of work with the hash table. */ + unsigned int collisions; + + /* Pointers to allocate/free functions. */ + htab_alloc alloc_f; + htab_free free_f; + + /* Alternate allocate/free functions, which take an extra argument. */ + void * GTY((skip)) alloc_arg; + htab_alloc_with_arg alloc_with_arg_f; + htab_free_with_arg free_with_arg_f; + + /* Current size (in entries) of the hash table, as an index into the + table of primes. */ + unsigned int size_prime_index; +}; + +typedef struct htab *htab_t; + +/* An enum saying whether we insert into the hash table or not. */ +enum insert_option {NO_INSERT, INSERT}; + +/* The prototypes of the package functions. */ + +extern htab_t htab_create_alloc (size_t, htab_hash, + htab_eq, htab_del, + htab_alloc, htab_free); + +extern htab_t htab_create_alloc_ex (size_t, htab_hash, + htab_eq, htab_del, + void *, htab_alloc_with_arg, + htab_free_with_arg); + +/* Backward-compatibility functions. */ +extern htab_t htab_create (size_t, htab_hash, htab_eq, htab_del); +extern htab_t htab_try_create (size_t, htab_hash, htab_eq, htab_del); + +extern void htab_set_functions_ex (htab_t, htab_hash, + htab_eq, htab_del, + void *, htab_alloc_with_arg, + htab_free_with_arg); + +extern void htab_delete (htab_t); +extern void htab_empty (htab_t); + +extern void * htab_find (htab_t, const void *); +extern void ** htab_find_slot (htab_t, const void *, enum insert_option); +extern void * htab_find_with_hash (htab_t, const void *, hashval_t); +extern void ** htab_find_slot_with_hash (htab_t, const void *, + hashval_t, enum insert_option); +extern void htab_clear_slot (htab_t, void **); +extern void htab_remove_elt (htab_t, void *); +extern void htab_remove_elt_with_hash (htab_t, void *, hashval_t); + +extern void htab_traverse (htab_t, htab_trav, void *); +extern void htab_traverse_noresize (htab_t, htab_trav, void *); + +extern size_t htab_size (htab_t); +extern size_t htab_elements (htab_t); +extern double htab_collisions (htab_t); + +/* A hash function for pointers. */ +extern htab_hash htab_hash_pointer; + +/* An equality function for pointers. */ +extern htab_eq htab_eq_pointer; + +/* A hash function for null-terminated strings. */ +extern hashval_t htab_hash_string (const void *); + +/* An iterative hash function for arbitrary data. */ +extern hashval_t iterative_hash (const void *, size_t, hashval_t); +/* Shorthand for hashing something with an intrinsic size. */ +#define iterative_hash_object(OB,INIT) iterative_hash (&OB, sizeof (OB), INIT) + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#endif /* __HASHTAB_H */ diff --git a/gcc-4.4.3/include/libiberty.h b/gcc-4.4.3/include/libiberty.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e3eca9d75 --- /dev/null +++ b/gcc-4.4.3/include/libiberty.h @@ -0,0 +1,662 @@ +/* Function declarations for libiberty. + + Copyright 2001, 2002, 2005, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + Note - certain prototypes declared in this header file are for + functions whoes implementation copyright does not belong to the + FSF. Those prototypes are present in this file for reference + purposes only and their presence in this file should not construed + as an indication of ownership by the FSF of the implementation of + those functions in any way or form whatsoever. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, + Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. + + Written by Cygnus Support, 1994. + + The libiberty library provides a number of functions which are + missing on some operating systems. We do not declare those here, + to avoid conflicts with the system header files on operating + systems that do support those functions. In this file we only + declare those functions which are specific to libiberty. */ + +#ifndef LIBIBERTY_H +#define LIBIBERTY_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include "ansidecl.h" + +/* Get a definition for size_t. */ +#include <stddef.h> +/* Get a definition for va_list. */ +#include <stdarg.h> + +#include <stdio.h> + +/* If the OS supports it, ensure that the supplied stream is setup to + avoid any multi-threaded locking. Otherwise leave the FILE pointer + unchanged. If the stream is NULL do nothing. */ + +extern void unlock_stream (FILE *); + +/* If the OS supports it, ensure that the standard I/O streams, stdin, + stdout and stderr are setup to avoid any multi-threaded locking. + Otherwise do nothing. */ + +extern void unlock_std_streams (void); + +/* Open and return a FILE pointer. If the OS supports it, ensure that + the stream is setup to avoid any multi-threaded locking. Otherwise + return the FILE pointer unchanged. */ + +extern FILE *fopen_unlocked (const char *, const char *); +extern FILE *fdopen_unlocked (int, const char *); +extern FILE *freopen_unlocked (const char *, const char *, FILE *); + +/* Build an argument vector from a string. Allocates memory using + malloc. Use freeargv to free the vector. */ + +extern char **buildargv (const char *) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC; + +/* Free a vector returned by buildargv. */ + +extern void freeargv (char **); + +/* Duplicate an argument vector. Allocates memory using malloc. Use + freeargv to free the vector. */ + +extern char **dupargv (char **) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC; + +/* Expand "@file" arguments in argv. */ + +extern void expandargv PARAMS ((int *, char ***)); + +/* Write argv to an @-file, inserting necessary quoting. */ + +extern int writeargv PARAMS ((char **, FILE *)); + +/* Return the last component of a path name. Note that we can't use a + prototype here because the parameter is declared inconsistently + across different systems, sometimes as "char *" and sometimes as + "const char *" */ + +/* HAVE_DECL_* is a three-state macro: undefined, 0 or 1. If it is + undefined, we haven't run the autoconf check so provide the + declaration without arguments. If it is 0, we checked and failed + to find the declaration so provide a fully prototyped one. If it + is 1, we found it so don't provide any declaration at all. */ +#if !HAVE_DECL_BASENAME +#if defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__ ) || defined (__linux__) || defined (__FreeBSD__) || defined (__OpenBSD__) || defined(__NetBSD__) || defined (__CYGWIN__) || defined (__CYGWIN32__) || defined (__MINGW32__) || defined (HAVE_DECL_BASENAME) +extern char *basename (const char *); +#else +/* Do not allow basename to be used if there is no prototype seen. We + either need to use the above prototype or have one from + autoconf which would result in HAVE_DECL_BASENAME being set. */ +#define basename basename_cannot_be_used_without_a_prototype +#endif +#endif + +/* A well-defined basename () that is always compiled in. */ + +extern const char *lbasename (const char *); + +/* A well-defined realpath () that is always compiled in. */ + +extern char *lrealpath (const char *); + +/* Concatenate an arbitrary number of strings. You must pass NULL as + the last argument of this function, to terminate the list of + strings. Allocates memory using xmalloc. */ + +extern char *concat (const char *, ...) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL; + +/* Concatenate an arbitrary number of strings. You must pass NULL as + the last argument of this function, to terminate the list of + strings. Allocates memory using xmalloc. The first argument is + not one of the strings to be concatenated, but if not NULL is a + pointer to be freed after the new string is created, similar to the + way xrealloc works. */ + +extern char *reconcat (char *, const char *, ...) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL; + +/* Determine the length of concatenating an arbitrary number of + strings. You must pass NULL as the last argument of this function, + to terminate the list of strings. */ + +extern unsigned long concat_length (const char *, ...) ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL; + +/* Concatenate an arbitrary number of strings into a SUPPLIED area of + memory. You must pass NULL as the last argument of this function, + to terminate the list of strings. The supplied memory is assumed + to be large enough. */ + +extern char *concat_copy (char *, const char *, ...) ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL; + +/* Concatenate an arbitrary number of strings into a GLOBAL area of + memory. You must pass NULL as the last argument of this function, + to terminate the list of strings. The supplied memory is assumed + to be large enough. */ + +extern char *concat_copy2 (const char *, ...) ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL; + +/* This is the global area used by concat_copy2. */ + +extern char *libiberty_concat_ptr; + +/* Concatenate an arbitrary number of strings. You must pass NULL as + the last argument of this function, to terminate the list of + strings. Allocates memory using alloca. The arguments are + evaluated twice! */ +#define ACONCAT(ACONCAT_PARAMS) \ + (libiberty_concat_ptr = (char *) alloca (concat_length ACONCAT_PARAMS + 1), \ + concat_copy2 ACONCAT_PARAMS) + +/* Check whether two file descriptors refer to the same file. */ + +extern int fdmatch (int fd1, int fd2); + +/* Return the position of the first bit set in the argument. */ +/* Prototypes vary from system to system, so we only provide a + prototype on systems where we know that we need it. */ +#if defined (HAVE_DECL_FFS) && !HAVE_DECL_FFS +extern int ffs(int); +#endif + +/* Get the working directory. The result is cached, so don't call + chdir() between calls to getpwd(). */ + +extern char * getpwd (void); + +/* Get the current time. */ +/* Prototypes vary from system to system, so we only provide a + prototype on systems where we know that we need it. */ +#ifdef __MINGW32__ +/* Forward declaration to avoid #include <sys/time.h>. */ +struct timeval; +extern int gettimeofday (struct timeval *, void *); +#endif + +/* Get the amount of time the process has run, in microseconds. */ + +extern long get_run_time (void); + +/* Generate a relocated path to some installation directory. Allocates + return value using malloc. */ + +extern char *make_relative_prefix (const char *, const char *, + const char *) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC; + +/* Generate a relocated path to some installation directory without + attempting to follow any soft links. Allocates + return value using malloc. */ + +extern char *make_relative_prefix_ignore_links (const char *, const char *, + const char *) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC; + +/* Choose a temporary directory to use for scratch files. */ + +extern char *choose_temp_base (void) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC; + +/* Return a temporary file name or NULL if unable to create one. */ + +extern char *make_temp_file (const char *) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC; + +/* Remove a link to a file unless it is special. */ + +extern int unlink_if_ordinary (const char *); + +/* Allocate memory filled with spaces. Allocates using malloc. */ + +extern const char *spaces (int count); + +/* Return the maximum error number for which strerror will return a + string. */ + +extern int errno_max (void); + +/* Return the name of an errno value (e.g., strerrno (EINVAL) returns + "EINVAL"). */ + +extern const char *strerrno (int); + +/* Given the name of an errno value, return the value. */ + +extern int strtoerrno (const char *); + +/* ANSI's strerror(), but more robust. */ + +extern char *xstrerror (int); + +/* Return the maximum signal number for which strsignal will return a + string. */ + +extern int signo_max (void); + +/* Return a signal message string for a signal number + (e.g., strsignal (SIGHUP) returns something like "Hangup"). */ +/* This is commented out as it can conflict with one in system headers. + We still document its existence though. */ + +/*extern const char *strsignal (int);*/ + +/* Return the name of a signal number (e.g., strsigno (SIGHUP) returns + "SIGHUP"). */ + +extern const char *strsigno (int); + +/* Given the name of a signal, return its number. */ + +extern int strtosigno (const char *); + +/* Register a function to be run by xexit. Returns 0 on success. */ + +extern int xatexit (void (*fn) (void)); + +/* Exit, calling all the functions registered with xatexit. */ + +extern void xexit (int status) ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN; + +/* Set the program name used by xmalloc. */ + +extern void xmalloc_set_program_name (const char *); + +/* Report an allocation failure. */ +extern void xmalloc_failed (size_t) ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN; + +/* Allocate memory without fail. If malloc fails, this will print a + message to stderr (using the name set by xmalloc_set_program_name, + if any) and then call xexit. */ + +extern void *xmalloc (size_t) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC; + +/* Reallocate memory without fail. This works like xmalloc. Note, + realloc type functions are not suitable for attribute malloc since + they may return the same address across multiple calls. */ + +extern void *xrealloc (void *, size_t); + +/* Allocate memory without fail and set it to zero. This works like + xmalloc. */ + +extern void *xcalloc (size_t, size_t) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC; + +/* Copy a string into a memory buffer without fail. */ + +extern char *xstrdup (const char *) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC; + +/* Copy at most N characters from string into a buffer without fail. */ + +extern char *xstrndup (const char *, size_t) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC; + +/* Copy an existing memory buffer to a new memory buffer without fail. */ + +extern void *xmemdup (const void *, size_t, size_t) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC; + +/* Physical memory routines. Return values are in BYTES. */ +extern double physmem_total (void); +extern double physmem_available (void); + + +/* These macros provide a K&R/C89/C++-friendly way of allocating structures + with nice encapsulation. The XDELETE*() macros are technically + superfluous, but provided here for symmetry. Using them consistently + makes it easier to update client code to use different allocators such + as new/delete and new[]/delete[]. */ + +/* Scalar allocators. */ + +#define XALLOCA(T) ((T *) alloca (sizeof (T))) +#define XNEW(T) ((T *) xmalloc (sizeof (T))) +#define XCNEW(T) ((T *) xcalloc (1, sizeof (T))) +#define XDUP(T, P) ((T *) xmemdup ((P), sizeof (T), sizeof (T))) +#define XDELETE(P) free ((void*) (P)) + +/* Array allocators. */ + +#define XALLOCAVEC(T, N) ((T *) alloca (sizeof (T) * (N))) +#define XNEWVEC(T, N) ((T *) xmalloc (sizeof (T) * (N))) +#define XCNEWVEC(T, N) ((T *) xcalloc ((N), sizeof (T))) +#define XDUPVEC(T, P, N) ((T *) xmemdup ((P), sizeof (T) * (N), sizeof (T) * (N))) +#define XRESIZEVEC(T, P, N) ((T *) xrealloc ((void *) (P), sizeof (T) * (N))) +#define XDELETEVEC(P) free ((void*) (P)) + +/* Allocators for variable-sized structures and raw buffers. */ + +#define XALLOCAVAR(T, S) ((T *) alloca ((S))) +#define XNEWVAR(T, S) ((T *) xmalloc ((S))) +#define XCNEWVAR(T, S) ((T *) xcalloc (1, (S))) +#define XDUPVAR(T, P, S1, S2) ((T *) xmemdup ((P), (S1), (S2))) +#define XRESIZEVAR(T, P, S) ((T *) xrealloc ((P), (S))) + +/* Type-safe obstack allocator. */ + +#define XOBNEW(O, T) ((T *) obstack_alloc ((O), sizeof (T))) +#define XOBNEWVEC(O, T, N) ((T *) obstack_alloc ((O), sizeof (T) * (N))) +#define XOBNEWVAR(O, T, S) ((T *) obstack_alloc ((O), (S))) +#define XOBFINISH(O, T) ((T) obstack_finish ((O))) + +/* hex character manipulation routines */ + +#define _hex_array_size 256 +#define _hex_bad 99 +extern const unsigned char _hex_value[_hex_array_size]; +extern void hex_init (void); +#define hex_p(c) (hex_value (c) != _hex_bad) +/* If you change this, note well: Some code relies on side effects in + the argument being performed exactly once. */ +#define hex_value(c) ((unsigned int) _hex_value[(unsigned char) (c)]) + +/* Flags for pex_init. These are bits to be or'ed together. */ + +/* Record subprocess times, if possible. */ +#define PEX_RECORD_TIMES 0x1 + +/* Use pipes for communication between processes, if possible. */ +#define PEX_USE_PIPES 0x2 + +/* Save files used for communication between processes. */ +#define PEX_SAVE_TEMPS 0x4 + +/* Prepare to execute one or more programs, with standard output of + each program fed to standard input of the next. + FLAGS As above. + PNAME The name of the program to report in error messages. + TEMPBASE A base name to use for temporary files; may be NULL to + use a random name. + Returns NULL on error. */ + +extern struct pex_obj *pex_init (int flags, const char *pname, + const char *tempbase); + +/* Flags for pex_run. These are bits to be or'ed together. */ + +/* Last program in pipeline. Standard output of program goes to + OUTNAME, or, if OUTNAME is NULL, to standard output of caller. Do + not set this if you want to call pex_read_output. After this is + set, pex_run may no longer be called with the same struct + pex_obj. */ +#define PEX_LAST 0x1 + +/* Search for program in executable search path. */ +#define PEX_SEARCH 0x2 + +/* OUTNAME is a suffix. */ +#define PEX_SUFFIX 0x4 + +/* Send program's standard error to standard output. */ +#define PEX_STDERR_TO_STDOUT 0x8 + +/* Input file should be opened in binary mode. This flag is ignored + on Unix. */ +#define PEX_BINARY_INPUT 0x10 + +/* Output file should be opened in binary mode. This flag is ignored + on Unix. For proper behaviour PEX_BINARY_INPUT and + PEX_BINARY_OUTPUT have to match appropriately--i.e., a call using + PEX_BINARY_OUTPUT should be followed by a call using + PEX_BINARY_INPUT. */ +#define PEX_BINARY_OUTPUT 0x20 + +/* Capture stderr to a pipe. The output can be read by + calling pex_read_err and reading from the returned + FILE object. This flag may be specified only for + the last program in a pipeline. + + This flag is supported only on Unix and Windows. */ +#define PEX_STDERR_TO_PIPE 0x40 + +/* Capture stderr in binary mode. This flag is ignored + on Unix. */ +#define PEX_BINARY_ERROR 0x80 + + +/* Execute one program. Returns NULL on success. On error returns an + error string (typically just the name of a system call); the error + string is statically allocated. + + OBJ Returned by pex_init. + + FLAGS As above. + + EXECUTABLE The program to execute. + + ARGV NULL terminated array of arguments to pass to the program. + + OUTNAME Sets the output file name as follows: + + PEX_SUFFIX set (OUTNAME may not be NULL): + TEMPBASE parameter to pex_init not NULL: + Output file name is the concatenation of TEMPBASE + and OUTNAME. + TEMPBASE is NULL: + Output file name is a random file name ending in + OUTNAME. + PEX_SUFFIX not set: + OUTNAME not NULL: + Output file name is OUTNAME. + OUTNAME NULL, TEMPBASE not NULL: + Output file name is randomly chosen using + TEMPBASE. + OUTNAME NULL, TEMPBASE NULL: + Output file name is randomly chosen. + + If PEX_LAST is not set, the output file name is the + name to use for a temporary file holding stdout, if + any (there will not be a file if PEX_USE_PIPES is set + and the system supports pipes). If a file is used, it + will be removed when no longer needed unless + PEX_SAVE_TEMPS is set. + + If PEX_LAST is set, and OUTNAME is not NULL, standard + output is written to the output file name. The file + will not be removed. If PEX_LAST and PEX_SUFFIX are + both set, TEMPBASE may not be NULL. + + ERRNAME If not NULL, this is the name of a file to which + standard error is written. If NULL, standard error of + the program is standard error of the caller. + + ERR On an error return, *ERR is set to an errno value, or + to 0 if there is no relevant errno. +*/ + +extern const char *pex_run (struct pex_obj *obj, int flags, + const char *executable, char * const *argv, + const char *outname, const char *errname, + int *err); + +/* As for pex_run (), but takes an extra parameter to enable the + environment for the child process to be specified. + + ENV The environment for the child process, specified as + an array of character pointers. Each element of the + array should point to a string of the form VAR=VALUE, + with the exception of the last element which must be + a null pointer. +*/ + +extern const char *pex_run_in_environment (struct pex_obj *obj, int flags, + const char *executable, + char * const *argv, + char * const *env, + const char *outname, + const char *errname, int *err); + +/* Return a stream for a temporary file to pass to the first program + in the pipeline as input. The file name is chosen as for pex_run. + pex_run closes the file automatically; don't close it yourself. */ + +extern FILE *pex_input_file (struct pex_obj *obj, int flags, + const char *in_name); + +/* Return a stream for a pipe connected to the standard input of the + first program in the pipeline. You must have passed + `PEX_USE_PIPES' to `pex_init'. Close the returned stream + yourself. */ + +extern FILE *pex_input_pipe (struct pex_obj *obj, int binary); + +/* Read the standard output of the last program to be executed. + pex_run can not be called after this. BINARY should be non-zero if + the file should be opened in binary mode; this is ignored on Unix. + Returns NULL on error. Don't call fclose on the returned FILE; it + will be closed by pex_free. */ + +extern FILE *pex_read_output (struct pex_obj *, int binary); + +/* Read the standard error of the last program to be executed. + pex_run can not be called after this. BINARY should be non-zero if + the file should be opened in binary mode; this is ignored on Unix. + Returns NULL on error. Don't call fclose on the returned FILE; it + will be closed by pex_free. */ + +extern FILE *pex_read_err (struct pex_obj *, int binary); + +/* Return exit status of all programs in VECTOR. COUNT indicates the + size of VECTOR. The status codes in the vector are in the order of + the calls to pex_run. Returns 0 on error, 1 on success. */ + +extern int pex_get_status (struct pex_obj *, int count, int *vector); + +/* Return times of all programs in VECTOR. COUNT indicates the size + of VECTOR. struct pex_time is really just struct timeval, but that + is not portable to all systems. Returns 0 on error, 1 on + success. */ + +struct pex_time +{ + unsigned long user_seconds; + unsigned long user_microseconds; + unsigned long system_seconds; + unsigned long system_microseconds; +}; + +extern int pex_get_times (struct pex_obj *, int count, + struct pex_time *vector); + +/* Clean up a pex_obj. If you have not called pex_get_times or + pex_get_status, this will try to kill the subprocesses. */ + +extern void pex_free (struct pex_obj *); + +/* Just execute one program. Return value is as for pex_run. + FLAGS Combination of PEX_SEARCH and PEX_STDERR_TO_STDOUT. + EXECUTABLE As for pex_run. + ARGV As for pex_run. + PNAME As for pex_init. + OUTNAME As for pex_run when PEX_LAST is set. + ERRNAME As for pex_run. + STATUS Set to exit status on success. + ERR As for pex_run. +*/ + +extern const char *pex_one (int flags, const char *executable, + char * const *argv, const char *pname, + const char *outname, const char *errname, + int *status, int *err); + +/* pexecute and pwait are the old pexecute interface, still here for + backward compatibility. Don't use these for new code. Instead, + use pex_init/pex_run/pex_get_status/pex_free, or pex_one. */ + +/* Definitions used by the pexecute routine. */ + +#define PEXECUTE_FIRST 1 +#define PEXECUTE_LAST 2 +#define PEXECUTE_ONE (PEXECUTE_FIRST + PEXECUTE_LAST) +#define PEXECUTE_SEARCH 4 +#define PEXECUTE_VERBOSE 8 + +/* Execute a program. */ + +extern int pexecute (const char *, char * const *, const char *, + const char *, char **, char **, int); + +/* Wait for pexecute to finish. */ + +extern int pwait (int, int *, int); + +#if !HAVE_DECL_ASPRINTF +/* Like sprintf but provides a pointer to malloc'd storage, which must + be freed by the caller. */ + +extern int asprintf (char **, const char *, ...) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_2; +#endif + +#if !HAVE_DECL_VASPRINTF +/* Like vsprintf but provides a pointer to malloc'd storage, which + must be freed by the caller. */ + +extern int vasprintf (char **, const char *, va_list) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(2,0); +#endif + +#if defined(HAVE_DECL_SNPRINTF) && !HAVE_DECL_SNPRINTF +/* Like sprintf but prints at most N characters. */ +extern int snprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, ...) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_3; +#endif + +#if defined(HAVE_DECL_VSNPRINTF) && !HAVE_DECL_VSNPRINTF +/* Like vsprintf but prints at most N characters. */ +extern int vsnprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, va_list) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(3,0); +#endif + +#if defined(HAVE_DECL_STRVERSCMP) && !HAVE_DECL_STRVERSCMP +/* Compare version strings. */ +extern int strverscmp (const char *, const char *); +#endif + +#define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0])) + +/* Drastically simplified alloca configurator. If we're using GCC, + we use __builtin_alloca; otherwise we use the C alloca. The C + alloca is always available. You can override GCC by defining + USE_C_ALLOCA yourself. The canonical autoconf macro C_ALLOCA is + also set/unset as it is often used to indicate whether code needs + to call alloca(0). */ +extern void *C_alloca (size_t) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC; +#undef alloca +#if GCC_VERSION >= 2000 && !defined USE_C_ALLOCA +# define alloca(x) __builtin_alloca(x) +# undef C_ALLOCA +# define ASTRDUP(X) \ + (__extension__ ({ const char *const libiberty_optr = (X); \ + const unsigned long libiberty_len = strlen (libiberty_optr) + 1; \ + char *const libiberty_nptr = (char *const) alloca (libiberty_len); \ + (char *) memcpy (libiberty_nptr, libiberty_optr, libiberty_len); })) +#else +# define alloca(x) C_alloca(x) +# undef USE_C_ALLOCA +# define USE_C_ALLOCA 1 +# undef C_ALLOCA +# define C_ALLOCA 1 +extern const char *libiberty_optr; +extern char *libiberty_nptr; +extern unsigned long libiberty_len; +# define ASTRDUP(X) \ + (libiberty_optr = (X), \ + libiberty_len = strlen (libiberty_optr) + 1, \ + libiberty_nptr = (char *) alloca (libiberty_len), \ + (char *) memcpy (libiberty_nptr, libiberty_optr, libiberty_len)) +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + + +#endif /* ! defined (LIBIBERTY_H) */ diff --git a/gcc-4.4.3/include/md5.h b/gcc-4.4.3/include/md5.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b3ff4e145 --- /dev/null +++ b/gcc-4.4.3/include/md5.h @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +/* md5.h - Declaration of functions and data types used for MD5 sum + computing library functions. + Copyright 1995, 1996, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C + Library. Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the + Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any + later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + +#ifndef _MD5_H +#define _MD5_H 1 + +#include <stdio.h> + +#if defined HAVE_LIMITS_H || _LIBC +# include <limits.h> +#endif + +#include "ansidecl.h" + +/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor + to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An + alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but + doing that would require that the configure script compile and *run* + the resulting executable. Locally running cross-compiled executables + is usually not possible. */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <sys/types.h> +typedef u_int32_t md5_uint32; +typedef uintptr_t md5_uintptr; +#else +# define INT_MAX_32_BITS 2147483647 + +/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type. + This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because + that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems + (that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types. */ + +# ifndef INT_MAX +# define INT_MAX INT_MAX_32_BITS +# endif + +# if INT_MAX == INT_MAX_32_BITS + typedef unsigned int md5_uint32; +# else +# if SHRT_MAX == INT_MAX_32_BITS + typedef unsigned short md5_uint32; +# else +# if LONG_MAX == INT_MAX_32_BITS + typedef unsigned long md5_uint32; +# else + /* The following line is intended to evoke an error. + Using #error is not portable enough. */ + "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type." +# endif +# endif +# endif +/* We have to make a guess about the integer type equivalent in size + to pointers which should always be correct. */ +typedef unsigned long int md5_uintptr; +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Structure to save state of computation between the single steps. */ +struct md5_ctx +{ + md5_uint32 A; + md5_uint32 B; + md5_uint32 C; + md5_uint32 D; + + md5_uint32 total[2]; + md5_uint32 buflen; + char buffer[128] ATTRIBUTE_ALIGNED_ALIGNOF(md5_uint32); +}; + +/* + * The following three functions are build up the low level used in + * the functions `md5_stream' and `md5_buffer'. + */ + +/* Initialize structure containing state of computation. + (RFC 1321, 3.3: Step 3) */ +extern void md5_init_ctx (struct md5_ctx *ctx); + +/* Starting with the result of former calls of this function (or the + initialization function update the context for the next LEN bytes + starting at BUFFER. + It is necessary that LEN is a multiple of 64!!! */ +extern void md5_process_block (const void *buffer, size_t len, + struct md5_ctx *ctx); + +/* Starting with the result of former calls of this function (or the + initialization function update the context for the next LEN bytes + starting at BUFFER. + It is NOT required that LEN is a multiple of 64. */ +extern void md5_process_bytes (const void *buffer, size_t len, + struct md5_ctx *ctx); + +/* Process the remaining bytes in the buffer and put result from CTX + in first 16 bytes following RESBUF. The result is always in little + endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields to the wanted + ASCII representation of the message digest. + + IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF is correctly + aligned for a 32 bits value. */ +extern void *md5_finish_ctx (struct md5_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf); + + +/* Put result from CTX in first 16 bytes following RESBUF. The result is + always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields + to the wanted ASCII representation of the message digest. + + IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF is correctly + aligned for a 32 bits value. */ +extern void *md5_read_ctx (const struct md5_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf); + + +/* Compute MD5 message digest for bytes read from STREAM. The + resulting message digest number will be written into the 16 bytes + beginning at RESBLOCK. */ +extern int md5_stream (FILE *stream, void *resblock); + +/* Compute MD5 message digest for LEN bytes beginning at BUFFER. The + result is always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise + output yields to the wanted ASCII representation of the message + digest. */ +extern void *md5_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len, void *resblock); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/gcc-4.4.3/include/objalloc.h b/gcc-4.4.3/include/objalloc.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..36772d17b --- /dev/null +++ b/gcc-4.4.3/include/objalloc.h @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +/* objalloc.h -- routines to allocate memory for objects + Copyright 1997, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Solutions. + +This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the +Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any +later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, +Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + +#ifndef OBJALLOC_H +#define OBJALLOC_H + +#include "ansidecl.h" + +/* These routines allocate space for an object. The assumption is + that the object will want to allocate space as it goes along, but + will never want to free any particular block. There is a function + to free a block, which also frees all more recently allocated + blocks. There is also a function to free all the allocated space. + + This is essentially a specialization of obstacks. The main + difference is that a block may not be allocated a bit at a time. + Another difference is that these routines are always built on top + of malloc, and always pass an malloc failure back to the caller, + unlike more recent versions of obstacks. */ + +/* This is what an objalloc structure looks like. Callers should not + refer to these fields, nor should they allocate these structure + themselves. Instead, they should only create them via + objalloc_init, and only access them via the functions and macros + listed below. The structure is only defined here so that we can + access it via macros. */ + +struct objalloc +{ + char *current_ptr; + unsigned int current_space; + void *chunks; +}; + +/* Work out the required alignment. */ + +struct objalloc_align { char x; double d; }; + +#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ +#ifndef offsetof +#include <stddef.h> +#endif +#endif +#ifndef offsetof +#define offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((unsigned long) &((TYPE *)0)->MEMBER) +#endif +#define OBJALLOC_ALIGN offsetof (struct objalloc_align, d) + +/* Create an objalloc structure. Returns NULL if malloc fails. */ + +extern struct objalloc *objalloc_create (void); + +/* Allocate space from an objalloc structure. Returns NULL if malloc + fails. */ + +extern void *_objalloc_alloc (struct objalloc *, unsigned long); + +/* The macro version of objalloc_alloc. We only define this if using + gcc, because otherwise we would have to evaluate the arguments + multiple times, or use a temporary field as obstack.h does. */ + +#if defined (__GNUC__) && defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ + +/* NextStep 2.0 cc is really gcc 1.93 but it defines __GNUC__ = 2 and + does not implement __extension__. But that compiler doesn't define + __GNUC_MINOR__. */ +#if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__NeXT__ && !__GNUC_MINOR__) +#define __extension__ +#endif + +#define objalloc_alloc(o, l) \ + __extension__ \ + ({ struct objalloc *__o = (o); \ + unsigned long __len = (l); \ + if (__len == 0) \ + __len = 1; \ + __len = (__len + OBJALLOC_ALIGN - 1) &~ (OBJALLOC_ALIGN - 1); \ + (__len <= __o->current_space \ + ? (__o->current_ptr += __len, \ + __o->current_space -= __len, \ + (void *) (__o->current_ptr - __len)) \ + : _objalloc_alloc (__o, __len)); }) + +#else /* ! __GNUC__ */ + +#define objalloc_alloc(o, l) _objalloc_alloc ((o), (l)) + +#endif /* ! __GNUC__ */ + +/* Free an entire objalloc structure. */ + +extern void objalloc_free (struct objalloc *); + +/* Free a block allocated by objalloc_alloc. This also frees all more + recently allocated blocks. */ + +extern void objalloc_free_block (struct objalloc *, void *); + +#endif /* OBJALLOC_H */ diff --git a/gcc-4.4.3/include/obstack.h b/gcc-4.4.3/include/obstack.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4aec3a484 --- /dev/null +++ b/gcc-4.4.3/include/obstack.h @@ -0,0 +1,545 @@ +/* obstack.h - object stack macros + Copyright 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1997, 1998, + 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008 + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + + NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library. + Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the + Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any + later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +/* Summary: + +All the apparent functions defined here are macros. The idea +is that you would use these pre-tested macros to solve a +very specific set of problems, and they would run fast. +Caution: no side-effects in arguments please!! They may be +evaluated MANY times!! + +These macros operate a stack of objects. Each object starts life +small, and may grow to maturity. (Consider building a word syllable +by syllable.) An object can move while it is growing. Once it has +been "finished" it never changes address again. So the "top of the +stack" is typically an immature growing object, while the rest of the +stack is of mature, fixed size and fixed address objects. + +These routines grab large chunks of memory, using a function you +supply, called `obstack_chunk_alloc'. On occasion, they free chunks, +by calling `obstack_chunk_free'. You must define them and declare +them before using any obstack macros. + +Each independent stack is represented by a `struct obstack'. +Each of the obstack macros expects a pointer to such a structure +as the first argument. + +One motivation for this package is the problem of growing char strings +in symbol tables. Unless you are "fascist pig with a read-only mind" +--Gosper's immortal quote from HAKMEM item 154, out of context--you +would not like to put any arbitrary upper limit on the length of your +symbols. + +In practice this often means you will build many short symbols and a +few long symbols. At the time you are reading a symbol you don't know +how long it is. One traditional method is to read a symbol into a +buffer, realloc()ating the buffer every time you try to read a symbol +that is longer than the buffer. This is beaut, but you still will +want to copy the symbol from the buffer to a more permanent +symbol-table entry say about half the time. + +With obstacks, you can work differently. Use one obstack for all symbol +names. As you read a symbol, grow the name in the obstack gradually. +When the name is complete, finalize it. Then, if the symbol exists already, +free the newly read name. + +The way we do this is to take a large chunk, allocating memory from +low addresses. When you want to build a symbol in the chunk you just +add chars above the current "high water mark" in the chunk. When you +have finished adding chars, because you got to the end of the symbol, +you know how long the chars are, and you can create a new object. +Mostly the chars will not burst over the highest address of the chunk, +because you would typically expect a chunk to be (say) 100 times as +long as an average object. + +In case that isn't clear, when we have enough chars to make up +the object, THEY ARE ALREADY CONTIGUOUS IN THE CHUNK (guaranteed) +so we just point to it where it lies. No moving of chars is +needed and this is the second win: potentially long strings need +never be explicitly shuffled. Once an object is formed, it does not +change its address during its lifetime. + +When the chars burst over a chunk boundary, we allocate a larger +chunk, and then copy the partly formed object from the end of the old +chunk to the beginning of the new larger chunk. We then carry on +accreting characters to the end of the object as we normally would. + +A special macro is provided to add a single char at a time to a +growing object. This allows the use of register variables, which +break the ordinary 'growth' macro. + +Summary: + We allocate large chunks. + We carve out one object at a time from the current chunk. + Once carved, an object never moves. + We are free to append data of any size to the currently + growing object. + Exactly one object is growing in an obstack at any one time. + You can run one obstack per control block. + You may have as many control blocks as you dare. + Because of the way we do it, you can `unwind' an obstack + back to a previous state. (You may remove objects much + as you would with a stack.) +*/ + + +/* Don't do the contents of this file more than once. */ + +#ifndef _OBSTACK_H +#define _OBSTACK_H 1 + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* We use subtraction of (char *) 0 instead of casting to int + because on word-addressable machines a simple cast to int + may ignore the byte-within-word field of the pointer. */ + +#ifndef __PTR_TO_INT +# define __PTR_TO_INT(P) ((P) - (char *) 0) +#endif + +#ifndef __INT_TO_PTR +# define __INT_TO_PTR(P) ((P) + (char *) 0) +#endif + +/* We need the type of the resulting object. If __PTRDIFF_TYPE__ is + defined, as with GNU C, use that; that way we don't pollute the + namespace with <stddef.h>'s symbols. Otherwise, if <stddef.h> is + available, include it and use ptrdiff_t. In traditional C, long is + the best that we can do. */ + +#ifdef __PTRDIFF_TYPE__ +# define PTR_INT_TYPE __PTRDIFF_TYPE__ +#else +# ifdef HAVE_STDDEF_H +# include <stddef.h> +# define PTR_INT_TYPE ptrdiff_t +# else +# define PTR_INT_TYPE long +# endif +#endif + +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRING_H +# include <string.h> +# define _obstack_memcpy(To, From, N) memcpy ((To), (From), (N)) +#else +# ifdef memcpy +# define _obstack_memcpy(To, From, N) memcpy ((To), (char *)(From), (N)) +# else +# define _obstack_memcpy(To, From, N) bcopy ((char *)(From), (To), (N)) +# endif +#endif + +struct _obstack_chunk /* Lives at front of each chunk. */ +{ + char *limit; /* 1 past end of this chunk */ + struct _obstack_chunk *prev; /* address of prior chunk or NULL */ + char contents[4]; /* objects begin here */ +}; + +struct obstack /* control current object in current chunk */ +{ + long chunk_size; /* preferred size to allocate chunks in */ + struct _obstack_chunk *chunk; /* address of current struct obstack_chunk */ + char *object_base; /* address of object we are building */ + char *next_free; /* where to add next char to current object */ + char *chunk_limit; /* address of char after current chunk */ + PTR_INT_TYPE temp; /* Temporary for some macros. */ + int alignment_mask; /* Mask of alignment for each object. */ + /* These prototypes vary based on `use_extra_arg', and we use + casts to the prototypeless function type in all assignments, + but having prototypes here quiets -Wstrict-prototypes. */ + struct _obstack_chunk *(*chunkfun) (void *, long); + void (*freefun) (void *, struct _obstack_chunk *); + void *extra_arg; /* first arg for chunk alloc/dealloc funcs */ + unsigned use_extra_arg:1; /* chunk alloc/dealloc funcs take extra arg */ + unsigned maybe_empty_object:1;/* There is a possibility that the current + chunk contains a zero-length object. This + prevents freeing the chunk if we allocate + a bigger chunk to replace it. */ + unsigned alloc_failed:1; /* No longer used, as we now call the failed + handler on error, but retained for binary + compatibility. */ +}; + +/* Declare the external functions we use; they are in obstack.c. */ + +extern void _obstack_newchunk (struct obstack *, int); +extern void _obstack_free (struct obstack *, void *); +extern int _obstack_begin (struct obstack *, int, int, + void *(*) (long), void (*) (void *)); +extern int _obstack_begin_1 (struct obstack *, int, int, + void *(*) (void *, long), + void (*) (void *, void *), void *); +extern int _obstack_memory_used (struct obstack *); + +/* Do the function-declarations after the structs + but before defining the macros. */ + +void obstack_init (struct obstack *obstack); + +void * obstack_alloc (struct obstack *obstack, int size); + +void * obstack_copy (struct obstack *obstack, void *address, int size); +void * obstack_copy0 (struct obstack *obstack, void *address, int size); + +void obstack_free (struct obstack *obstack, void *block); + +void obstack_blank (struct obstack *obstack, int size); + +void obstack_grow (struct obstack *obstack, void *data, int size); +void obstack_grow0 (struct obstack *obstack, void *data, int size); + +void obstack_1grow (struct obstack *obstack, int data_char); +void obstack_ptr_grow (struct obstack *obstack, void *data); +void obstack_int_grow (struct obstack *obstack, int data); + +void * obstack_finish (struct obstack *obstack); + +int obstack_object_size (struct obstack *obstack); + +int obstack_room (struct obstack *obstack); +void obstack_make_room (struct obstack *obstack, int size); +void obstack_1grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, int data_char); +void obstack_ptr_grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, void *data); +void obstack_int_grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, int data); +void obstack_blank_fast (struct obstack *obstack, int size); + +void * obstack_base (struct obstack *obstack); +void * obstack_next_free (struct obstack *obstack); +int obstack_alignment_mask (struct obstack *obstack); +int obstack_chunk_size (struct obstack *obstack); +int obstack_memory_used (struct obstack *obstack); + +/* Error handler called when `obstack_chunk_alloc' failed to allocate + more memory. This can be set to a user defined function. The + default action is to print a message and abort. */ +extern void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) (void); + +/* Exit value used when `print_and_abort' is used. */ +extern int obstack_exit_failure; + +/* Pointer to beginning of object being allocated or to be allocated next. + Note that this might not be the final address of the object + because a new chunk might be needed to hold the final size. */ + +#define obstack_base(h) ((h)->object_base) + +/* Size for allocating ordinary chunks. */ + +#define obstack_chunk_size(h) ((h)->chunk_size) + +/* Pointer to next byte not yet allocated in current chunk. */ + +#define obstack_next_free(h) ((h)->next_free) + +/* Mask specifying low bits that should be clear in address of an object. */ + +#define obstack_alignment_mask(h) ((h)->alignment_mask) + +/* To prevent prototype warnings provide complete argument list in + standard C version. */ +# define obstack_init(h) \ + _obstack_begin ((h), 0, 0, \ + (void *(*) (long)) obstack_chunk_alloc, (void (*) (void *)) obstack_chunk_free) + +# define obstack_begin(h, size) \ + _obstack_begin ((h), (size), 0, \ + (void *(*) (long)) obstack_chunk_alloc, (void (*) (void *)) obstack_chunk_free) + +# define obstack_specify_allocation(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun) \ + _obstack_begin ((h), (size), (alignment), \ + (void *(*) (long)) (chunkfun), (void (*) (void *)) (freefun)) + +# define obstack_specify_allocation_with_arg(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg) \ + _obstack_begin_1 ((h), (size), (alignment), \ + (void *(*) (void *, long)) (chunkfun), \ + (void (*) (void *, void *)) (freefun), (arg)) + +# define obstack_chunkfun(h, newchunkfun) \ + ((h) -> chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk *(*)(void *, long)) (newchunkfun)) + +# define obstack_freefun(h, newfreefun) \ + ((h) -> freefun = (void (*)(void *, struct _obstack_chunk *)) (newfreefun)) + +#define obstack_1grow_fast(h,achar) (*((h)->next_free)++ = (achar)) + +#define obstack_blank_fast(h,n) ((h)->next_free += (n)) + +#define obstack_memory_used(h) _obstack_memory_used (h) + +#if defined __GNUC__ && defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ +/* NextStep 2.0 cc is really gcc 1.93 but it defines __GNUC__ = 2 and + does not implement __extension__. But that compiler doesn't define + __GNUC_MINOR__. */ +# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__NeXT__ && !__GNUC_MINOR__) +# define __extension__ +# endif + +/* For GNU C, if not -traditional, + we can define these macros to compute all args only once + without using a global variable. + Also, we can avoid using the `temp' slot, to make faster code. */ + +# define obstack_object_size(OBSTACK) \ + __extension__ \ + ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK); \ + (unsigned) (__o->next_free - __o->object_base); }) + +# define obstack_room(OBSTACK) \ + __extension__ \ + ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK); \ + (unsigned) (__o->chunk_limit - __o->next_free); }) + +# define obstack_make_room(OBSTACK,length) \ +__extension__ \ +({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK); \ + int __len = (length); \ + if (__o->chunk_limit - __o->next_free < __len) \ + _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len); \ + (void) 0; }) + +# define obstack_empty_p(OBSTACK) \ + __extension__ \ + ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK); \ + (__o->chunk->prev == 0 && __o->next_free - __o->chunk->contents == 0); }) + +# define obstack_grow(OBSTACK,where,length) \ +__extension__ \ +({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK); \ + int __len = (length); \ + if (__o->next_free + __len > __o->chunk_limit) \ + _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len); \ + _obstack_memcpy (__o->next_free, (where), __len); \ + __o->next_free += __len; \ + (void) 0; }) + +# define obstack_grow0(OBSTACK,where,length) \ +__extension__ \ +({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK); \ + int __len = (length); \ + if (__o->next_free + __len + 1 > __o->chunk_limit) \ + _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len + 1); \ + _obstack_memcpy (__o->next_free, (where), __len); \ + __o->next_free += __len; \ + *(__o->next_free)++ = 0; \ + (void) 0; }) + +# define obstack_1grow(OBSTACK,datum) \ +__extension__ \ +({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK); \ + if (__o->next_free + 1 > __o->chunk_limit) \ + _obstack_newchunk (__o, 1); \ + obstack_1grow_fast (__o, datum); \ + (void) 0; }) + +/* These assume that the obstack alignment is good enough for pointers or ints, + and that the data added so far to the current object + shares that much alignment. */ + +# define obstack_ptr_grow(OBSTACK,datum) \ +__extension__ \ +({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK); \ + if (__o->next_free + sizeof (void *) > __o->chunk_limit) \ + _obstack_newchunk (__o, sizeof (void *)); \ + obstack_ptr_grow_fast (__o, datum); }) + +# define obstack_int_grow(OBSTACK,datum) \ +__extension__ \ +({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK); \ + if (__o->next_free + sizeof (int) > __o->chunk_limit) \ + _obstack_newchunk (__o, sizeof (int)); \ + obstack_int_grow_fast (__o, datum); }) + +# define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(OBSTACK,aptr) \ +__extension__ \ +({ struct obstack *__o1 = (OBSTACK); \ + *(const void **) __o1->next_free = (aptr); \ + __o1->next_free += sizeof (const void *); \ + (void) 0; }) + +# define obstack_int_grow_fast(OBSTACK,aint) \ +__extension__ \ +({ struct obstack *__o1 = (OBSTACK); \ + *(int *) __o1->next_free = (aint); \ + __o1->next_free += sizeof (int); \ + (void) 0; }) + +# define obstack_blank(OBSTACK,length) \ +__extension__ \ +({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK); \ + int __len = (length); \ + if (__o->chunk_limit - __o->next_free < __len) \ + _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len); \ + obstack_blank_fast (__o, __len); \ + (void) 0; }) + +# define obstack_alloc(OBSTACK,length) \ +__extension__ \ +({ struct obstack *__h = (OBSTACK); \ + obstack_blank (__h, (length)); \ + obstack_finish (__h); }) + +# define obstack_copy(OBSTACK,where,length) \ +__extension__ \ +({ struct obstack *__h = (OBSTACK); \ + obstack_grow (__h, (where), (length)); \ + obstack_finish (__h); }) + +# define obstack_copy0(OBSTACK,where,length) \ +__extension__ \ +({ struct obstack *__h = (OBSTACK); \ + obstack_grow0 (__h, (where), (length)); \ + obstack_finish (__h); }) + +/* The local variable is named __o1 to avoid a name conflict + when obstack_blank is called. */ +# define obstack_finish(OBSTACK) \ +__extension__ \ +({ struct obstack *__o1 = (OBSTACK); \ + void *value; \ + value = (void *) __o1->object_base; \ + if (__o1->next_free == value) \ + __o1->maybe_empty_object = 1; \ + __o1->next_free \ + = __INT_TO_PTR ((__PTR_TO_INT (__o1->next_free)+__o1->alignment_mask)\ + & ~ (__o1->alignment_mask)); \ + if (__o1->next_free - (char *)__o1->chunk \ + > __o1->chunk_limit - (char *)__o1->chunk) \ + __o1->next_free = __o1->chunk_limit; \ + __o1->object_base = __o1->next_free; \ + value; }) + +# define obstack_free(OBSTACK, OBJ) \ +__extension__ \ +({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK); \ + void *__obj = (void *) (OBJ); \ + if (__obj > (void *)__o->chunk && __obj < (void *)__o->chunk_limit) \ + __o->next_free = __o->object_base = (char *) __obj; \ + else (obstack_free) (__o, __obj); }) + +#else /* not __GNUC__ or not __STDC__ */ + +# define obstack_object_size(h) \ + (unsigned) ((h)->next_free - (h)->object_base) + +# define obstack_room(h) \ + (unsigned) ((h)->chunk_limit - (h)->next_free) + +# define obstack_empty_p(h) \ + ((h)->chunk->prev == 0 && (h)->next_free - (h)->chunk->contents == 0) + +/* Note that the call to _obstack_newchunk is enclosed in (..., 0) + so that we can avoid having void expressions + in the arms of the conditional expression. + Casting the third operand to void was tried before, + but some compilers won't accept it. */ + +# define obstack_make_room(h,length) \ +( (h)->temp = (length), \ + (((h)->next_free + (h)->temp > (h)->chunk_limit) \ + ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp), 0) : 0)) + +# define obstack_grow(h,where,length) \ +( (h)->temp = (length), \ + (((h)->next_free + (h)->temp > (h)->chunk_limit) \ + ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp), 0) : 0), \ + _obstack_memcpy ((h)->next_free, (where), (h)->temp), \ + (h)->next_free += (h)->temp) + +# define obstack_grow0(h,where,length) \ +( (h)->temp = (length), \ + (((h)->next_free + (h)->temp + 1 > (h)->chunk_limit) \ + ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp + 1), 0) : 0), \ + _obstack_memcpy ((h)->next_free, (where), (h)->temp), \ + (h)->next_free += (h)->temp, \ + *((h)->next_free)++ = 0) + +# define obstack_1grow(h,datum) \ +( (((h)->next_free + 1 > (h)->chunk_limit) \ + ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), 1), 0) : 0), \ + obstack_1grow_fast (h, datum)) + +# define obstack_ptr_grow(h,datum) \ +( (((h)->next_free + sizeof (char *) > (h)->chunk_limit) \ + ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), sizeof (char *)), 0) : 0), \ + obstack_ptr_grow_fast (h, datum)) + +# define obstack_int_grow(h,datum) \ +( (((h)->next_free + sizeof (int) > (h)->chunk_limit) \ + ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), sizeof (int)), 0) : 0), \ + obstack_int_grow_fast (h, datum)) + +# define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(h,aptr) \ + (((const void **) ((h)->next_free += sizeof (void *)))[-1] = (aptr)) + +# define obstack_int_grow_fast(h,aint) \ + (((int *) ((h)->next_free += sizeof (int)))[-1] = (aptr)) + +# define obstack_blank(h,length) \ +( (h)->temp = (length), \ + (((h)->chunk_limit - (h)->next_free < (h)->temp) \ + ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp), 0) : 0), \ + obstack_blank_fast (h, (h)->temp)) + +# define obstack_alloc(h,length) \ + (obstack_blank ((h), (length)), obstack_finish ((h))) + +# define obstack_copy(h,where,length) \ + (obstack_grow ((h), (where), (length)), obstack_finish ((h))) + +# define obstack_copy0(h,where,length) \ + (obstack_grow0 ((h), (where), (length)), obstack_finish ((h))) + +# define obstack_finish(h) \ +( ((h)->next_free == (h)->object_base \ + ? (((h)->maybe_empty_object = 1), 0) \ + : 0), \ + (h)->temp = __PTR_TO_INT ((h)->object_base), \ + (h)->next_free \ + = __INT_TO_PTR ((__PTR_TO_INT ((h)->next_free)+(h)->alignment_mask) \ + & ~ ((h)->alignment_mask)), \ + (((h)->next_free - (char *) (h)->chunk \ + > (h)->chunk_limit - (char *) (h)->chunk) \ + ? ((h)->next_free = (h)->chunk_limit) : 0), \ + (h)->object_base = (h)->next_free, \ + (void *) __INT_TO_PTR ((h)->temp)) + +# define obstack_free(h,obj) \ +( (h)->temp = (char *) (obj) - (char *) (h)->chunk, \ + (((h)->temp > 0 && (h)->temp < (h)->chunk_limit - (char *) (h)->chunk)\ + ? (int) ((h)->next_free = (h)->object_base \ + = (h)->temp + (char *) (h)->chunk) \ + : (((obstack_free) ((h), (h)->temp + (char *) (h)->chunk), 0), 0))) + +#endif /* not __GNUC__ or not __STDC__ */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} /* C++ */ +#endif + +#endif /* obstack.h */ diff --git a/gcc-4.4.3/include/partition.h b/gcc-4.4.3/include/partition.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d8b554f8f --- /dev/null +++ b/gcc-4.4.3/include/partition.h @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +/* List implementation of a partition of consecutive integers. + Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Contributed by CodeSourcery, LLC. + + This file is part of GCC. + + GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to + the Free Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, + Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + +/* This package implements a partition of consecutive integers. The + elements are partitioned into classes. Each class is represented + by one of its elements, the canonical element, which is chosen + arbitrarily from elements in the class. The principal operations + on a partition are FIND, which takes an element, determines its + class, and returns the canonical element for that class, and UNION, + which unites the two classes that contain two given elements into a + single class. + + The list implementation used here provides constant-time finds. By + storing the size of each class with the class's canonical element, + it is able to perform unions over all the classes in the partition + in O (N log N) time. */ + +#ifndef _PARTITION_H +#define _PARTITION_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#include "ansidecl.h" +#include <stdio.h> + +struct partition_elem +{ + /* The canonical element that represents the class containing this + element. */ + int class_element; + /* The next element in this class. Elements in each class form a + circular list. */ + struct partition_elem* next; + /* The number of elements in this class. Valid only if this is the + canonical element for its class. */ + unsigned class_count; +}; + +typedef struct partition_def +{ + /* The number of elements in this partition. */ + int num_elements; + /* The elements in the partition. */ + struct partition_elem elements[1]; +} *partition; + +extern partition partition_new (int); +extern void partition_delete (partition); +extern int partition_union (partition, int, int); +extern void partition_print (partition, FILE*); + +/* Returns the canonical element corresponding to the class containing + ELEMENT__ in PARTITION__. */ + +#define partition_find(partition__, element__) \ + ((partition__)->elements[(element__)].class_element) + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#endif /* _PARTITION_H */ diff --git a/gcc-4.4.3/include/safe-ctype.h b/gcc-4.4.3/include/safe-ctype.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0266bf1aa --- /dev/null +++ b/gcc-4.4.3/include/safe-ctype.h @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +/* <ctype.h> replacement macros. + + Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Contributed by Zack Weinberg <zackw@stanford.edu>. + +This file is part of the libiberty library. +Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public +License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either +version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + +Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +Library General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB. If +not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, +Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + +/* This is a compatible replacement of the standard C library's <ctype.h> + with the following properties: + + - Implements all isxxx() macros required by C99. + - Also implements some character classes useful when + parsing C-like languages. + - Does not change behavior depending on the current locale. + - Behaves properly for all values in the range of a signed or + unsigned char. + + To avoid conflicts, this header defines the isxxx functions in upper + case, e.g. ISALPHA not isalpha. */ + +#ifndef SAFE_CTYPE_H +#define SAFE_CTYPE_H + +/* Determine host character set. */ +#define HOST_CHARSET_UNKNOWN 0 +#define HOST_CHARSET_ASCII 1 +#define HOST_CHARSET_EBCDIC 2 + +#if '\n' == 0x0A && ' ' == 0x20 && '0' == 0x30 \ + && 'A' == 0x41 && 'a' == 0x61 && '!' == 0x21 +# define HOST_CHARSET HOST_CHARSET_ASCII +#else +# if '\n' == 0x15 && ' ' == 0x40 && '0' == 0xF0 \ + && 'A' == 0xC1 && 'a' == 0x81 && '!' == 0x5A +# define HOST_CHARSET HOST_CHARSET_EBCDIC +# else +# define HOST_CHARSET HOST_CHARSET_UNKNOWN +# endif +#endif + +/* Categories. */ + +enum { + /* In C99 */ + _sch_isblank = 0x0001, /* space \t */ + _sch_iscntrl = 0x0002, /* nonprinting characters */ + _sch_isdigit = 0x0004, /* 0-9 */ + _sch_islower = 0x0008, /* a-z */ + _sch_isprint = 0x0010, /* any printing character including ' ' */ + _sch_ispunct = 0x0020, /* all punctuation */ + _sch_isspace = 0x0040, /* space \t \n \r \f \v */ + _sch_isupper = 0x0080, /* A-Z */ + _sch_isxdigit = 0x0100, /* 0-9A-Fa-f */ + + /* Extra categories useful to cpplib. */ + _sch_isidst = 0x0200, /* A-Za-z_ */ + _sch_isvsp = 0x0400, /* \n \r */ + _sch_isnvsp = 0x0800, /* space \t \f \v \0 */ + + /* Combinations of the above. */ + _sch_isalpha = _sch_isupper|_sch_islower, /* A-Za-z */ + _sch_isalnum = _sch_isalpha|_sch_isdigit, /* A-Za-z0-9 */ + _sch_isidnum = _sch_isidst|_sch_isdigit, /* A-Za-z0-9_ */ + _sch_isgraph = _sch_isalnum|_sch_ispunct, /* isprint and not space */ + _sch_iscppsp = _sch_isvsp|_sch_isnvsp, /* isspace + \0 */ + _sch_isbasic = _sch_isprint|_sch_iscppsp /* basic charset of ISO C + (plus ` and @) */ +}; + +/* Character classification. */ +extern const unsigned short _sch_istable[256]; + +#define _sch_test(c, bit) (_sch_istable[(c) & 0xff] & (unsigned short)(bit)) + +#define ISALPHA(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isalpha) +#define ISALNUM(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isalnum) +#define ISBLANK(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isblank) +#define ISCNTRL(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_iscntrl) +#define ISDIGIT(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isdigit) +#define ISGRAPH(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isgraph) +#define ISLOWER(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_islower) +#define ISPRINT(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isprint) +#define ISPUNCT(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_ispunct) +#define ISSPACE(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isspace) +#define ISUPPER(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isupper) +#define ISXDIGIT(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isxdigit) + +#define ISIDNUM(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isidnum) +#define ISIDST(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isidst) +#define IS_ISOBASIC(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isbasic) +#define IS_VSPACE(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isvsp) +#define IS_NVSPACE(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isnvsp) +#define IS_SPACE_OR_NUL(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_iscppsp) + +/* Character transformation. */ +extern const unsigned char _sch_toupper[256]; +extern const unsigned char _sch_tolower[256]; +#define TOUPPER(c) _sch_toupper[(c) & 0xff] +#define TOLOWER(c) _sch_tolower[(c) & 0xff] + +/* Prevent the users of safe-ctype.h from accidently using the routines + from ctype.h. Initially, the approach was to produce an error when + detecting that ctype.h has been included. But this was causing + trouble as ctype.h might get indirectly included as a result of + including another system header (for instance gnulib's stdint.h). + So we include ctype.h here and then immediately redefine its macros. */ + +#include <ctype.h> +#undef isalpha +#define isalpha(c) do_not_use_isalpha_with_safe_ctype +#undef isalnum +#define isalnum(c) do_not_use_isalnum_with_safe_ctype +#undef iscntrl +#define iscntrl(c) do_not_use_iscntrl_with_safe_ctype +#undef isdigit +#define isdigit(c) do_not_use_isdigit_with_safe_ctype +#undef isgraph +#define isgraph(c) do_not_use_isgraph_with_safe_ctype +#undef islower +#define islower(c) do_not_use_islower_with_safe_ctype +#undef isprint +#define isprint(c) do_not_use_isprint_with_safe_ctype +#undef ispunct +#define ispunct(c) do_not_use_ispunct_with_safe_ctype +#undef isspace +#define isspace(c) do_not_use_isspace_with_safe_ctype +#undef isupper +#define isupper(c) do_not_use_isupper_with_safe_ctype +#undef isxdigit +#define isxdigit(c) do_not_use_isxdigit_with_safe_ctype +#undef toupper +#define toupper(c) do_not_use_toupper_with_safe_ctype +#undef tolower +#define tolower(c) do_not_use_tolower_with_safe_ctype + +#endif /* SAFE_CTYPE_H */ diff --git a/gcc-4.4.3/include/sha1.h b/gcc-4.4.3/include/sha1.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0c2b76557 --- /dev/null +++ b/gcc-4.4.3/include/sha1.h @@ -0,0 +1,141 @@ +/* Declarations of functions and data types used for SHA1 sum + library functions. + Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2008 + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the + Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any + later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + +#ifndef SHA1_H +# define SHA1_H 1 + +#include <stdio.h> + +#if defined HAVE_LIMITS_H || _LIBC +# include <limits.h> +#endif + +#include "ansidecl.h" + +/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor + to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An + alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but + doing that would require that the configure script compile and *run* + the resulting executable. Locally running cross-compiled executables + is usually not possible. */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <sys/types.h> +typedef u_int32_t sha1_uint32; +typedef uintptr_t sha1_uintptr; +#else +# define INT_MAX_32_BITS 2147483647 + +/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type. + This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because + that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems + (that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types. */ + +# ifndef INT_MAX +# define INT_MAX INT_MAX_32_BITS +# endif + +# if INT_MAX == INT_MAX_32_BITS + typedef unsigned int sha1_uint32; +# else +# if SHRT_MAX == INT_MAX_32_BITS + typedef unsigned short sha1_uint32; +# else +# if LONG_MAX == INT_MAX_32_BITS + typedef unsigned long sha1_uint32; +# else + /* The following line is intended to evoke an error. + Using #error is not portable enough. */ + "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type." +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Structure to save state of computation between the single steps. */ +struct sha1_ctx +{ + sha1_uint32 A; + sha1_uint32 B; + sha1_uint32 C; + sha1_uint32 D; + sha1_uint32 E; + + sha1_uint32 total[2]; + sha1_uint32 buflen; + sha1_uint32 buffer[32]; +}; + + +/* Initialize structure containing state of computation. */ +extern void sha1_init_ctx (struct sha1_ctx *ctx); + +/* Starting with the result of former calls of this function (or the + initialization function update the context for the next LEN bytes + starting at BUFFER. + It is necessary that LEN is a multiple of 64!!! */ +extern void sha1_process_block (const void *buffer, size_t len, + struct sha1_ctx *ctx); + +/* Starting with the result of former calls of this function (or the + initialization function update the context for the next LEN bytes + starting at BUFFER. + It is NOT required that LEN is a multiple of 64. */ +extern void sha1_process_bytes (const void *buffer, size_t len, + struct sha1_ctx *ctx); + +/* Process the remaining bytes in the buffer and put result from CTX + in first 20 bytes following RESBUF. The result is always in little + endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields to the wanted + ASCII representation of the message digest. + + IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF be correctly + aligned for a 32 bits value. */ +extern void *sha1_finish_ctx (struct sha1_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf); + + +/* Put result from CTX in first 20 bytes following RESBUF. The result is + always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields + to the wanted ASCII representation of the message digest. + + IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF is correctly + aligned for a 32 bits value. */ +extern void *sha1_read_ctx (const struct sha1_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf); + + +/* Compute SHA1 message digest for bytes read from STREAM. The + resulting message digest number will be written into the 20 bytes + beginning at RESBLOCK. */ +extern int sha1_stream (FILE *stream, void *resblock); + +/* Compute SHA1 message digest for LEN bytes beginning at BUFFER. The + result is always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise + output yields to the wanted ASCII representation of the message + digest. */ +extern void *sha1_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len, void *resblock); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/gcc-4.4.3/include/sort.h b/gcc-4.4.3/include/sort.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..582af8162 --- /dev/null +++ b/gcc-4.4.3/include/sort.h @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +/* Sorting algorithms. + Copyright (C) 2000, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Contributed by Mark Mitchell <mark@codesourcery.com>. + +This file is part of GCC. + +GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +any later version. + +GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to +the Free Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, +Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + +#ifndef SORT_H +#define SORT_H + +#include <sys/types.h> /* For size_t */ +#ifdef __STDC__ +#include <stddef.h> +#endif /* __STDC__ */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#include "ansidecl.h" + +/* Sort an array of pointers. */ + +extern void sort_pointers (size_t, void **, void **); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#endif /* SORT_H */ + + + + diff --git a/gcc-4.4.3/include/splay-tree.h b/gcc-4.4.3/include/splay-tree.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b03c581e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/gcc-4.4.3/include/splay-tree.h @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +/* A splay-tree datatype. + Copyright 1998, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Contributed by Mark Mitchell (mark@markmitchell.com). + + This file is part of GCC. + + GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to + the Free Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, + Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + +/* For an easily readable description of splay-trees, see: + + Lewis, Harry R. and Denenberg, Larry. Data Structures and Their + Algorithms. Harper-Collins, Inc. 1991. + + The major feature of splay trees is that all basic tree operations + are amortized O(log n) time for a tree with n nodes. */ + +#ifndef _SPLAY_TREE_H +#define _SPLAY_TREE_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#include "ansidecl.h" + +#ifndef _WIN64 + typedef unsigned long int libi_uhostptr_t; + typedef long int libi_shostptr_t; +#else + typedef unsigned long long libi_uhostptr_t; + typedef long long libi_shostptr_t; +#endif + +#ifndef GTY +#define GTY(X) +#endif + +/* Use typedefs for the key and data types to facilitate changing + these types, if necessary. These types should be sufficiently wide + that any pointer or scalar can be cast to these types, and then + cast back, without loss of precision. */ +typedef libi_uhostptr_t splay_tree_key; +typedef libi_uhostptr_t splay_tree_value; + +/* Forward declaration for a node in the tree. */ +typedef struct splay_tree_node_s *splay_tree_node; + +/* The type of a function which compares two splay-tree keys. The + function should return values as for qsort. */ +typedef int (*splay_tree_compare_fn) (splay_tree_key, splay_tree_key); + +/* The type of a function used to deallocate any resources associated + with the key. */ +typedef void (*splay_tree_delete_key_fn) (splay_tree_key); + +/* The type of a function used to deallocate any resources associated + with the value. */ +typedef void (*splay_tree_delete_value_fn) (splay_tree_value); + +/* The type of a function used to iterate over the tree. */ +typedef int (*splay_tree_foreach_fn) (splay_tree_node, void*); + +/* The type of a function used to allocate memory for tree root and + node structures. The first argument is the number of bytes needed; + the second is a data pointer the splay tree functions pass through + to the allocator. This function must never return zero. */ +typedef void *(*splay_tree_allocate_fn) (int, void *); + +/* The type of a function used to free memory allocated using the + corresponding splay_tree_allocate_fn. The first argument is the + memory to be freed; the latter is a data pointer the splay tree + functions pass through to the freer. */ +typedef void (*splay_tree_deallocate_fn) (void *, void *); + +/* The nodes in the splay tree. */ +struct splay_tree_node_s GTY(()) +{ + /* The key. */ + splay_tree_key GTY ((use_param1)) key; + + /* The value. */ + splay_tree_value GTY ((use_param2)) value; + + /* The left and right children, respectively. */ + splay_tree_node GTY ((use_params)) left; + splay_tree_node GTY ((use_params)) right; +}; + +/* The splay tree itself. */ +struct splay_tree_s GTY(()) +{ + /* The root of the tree. */ + splay_tree_node GTY ((use_params)) root; + + /* The comparision function. */ + splay_tree_compare_fn comp; + + /* The deallocate-key function. NULL if no cleanup is necessary. */ + splay_tree_delete_key_fn delete_key; + + /* The deallocate-value function. NULL if no cleanup is necessary. */ + splay_tree_delete_value_fn delete_value; + + /* Allocate/free functions, and a data pointer to pass to them. */ + splay_tree_allocate_fn allocate; + splay_tree_deallocate_fn deallocate; + void * GTY((skip)) allocate_data; +}; + +typedef struct splay_tree_s *splay_tree; + +extern splay_tree splay_tree_new (splay_tree_compare_fn, + splay_tree_delete_key_fn, + splay_tree_delete_value_fn); +extern splay_tree splay_tree_new_with_allocator (splay_tree_compare_fn, + splay_tree_delete_key_fn, + splay_tree_delete_value_fn, + splay_tree_allocate_fn, + splay_tree_deallocate_fn, + void *); +extern void splay_tree_delete (splay_tree); +extern splay_tree_node splay_tree_insert (splay_tree, + splay_tree_key, + splay_tree_value); +extern void splay_tree_remove (splay_tree, splay_tree_key); +extern splay_tree_node splay_tree_lookup (splay_tree, splay_tree_key); +extern splay_tree_node splay_tree_predecessor (splay_tree, splay_tree_key); +extern splay_tree_node splay_tree_successor (splay_tree, splay_tree_key); +extern splay_tree_node splay_tree_max (splay_tree); +extern splay_tree_node splay_tree_min (splay_tree); +extern int splay_tree_foreach (splay_tree, splay_tree_foreach_fn, void*); +extern int splay_tree_compare_ints (splay_tree_key, splay_tree_key); +extern int splay_tree_compare_pointers (splay_tree_key, splay_tree_key); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#endif /* _SPLAY_TREE_H */ diff --git a/gcc-4.4.3/include/symcat.h b/gcc-4.4.3/include/symcat.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..03a129210 --- /dev/null +++ b/gcc-4.4.3/include/symcat.h @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +/* Symbol concatenation utilities. + + Copyright (C) 1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + +#ifndef SYM_CAT_H +#define SYM_CAT_H + +#if defined (__STDC__) || defined (ALMOST_STDC) || defined (HAVE_STRINGIZE) +#define CONCAT2(a,b) a##b +#define CONCAT3(a,b,c) a##b##c +#define CONCAT4(a,b,c,d) a##b##c##d +#define STRINGX(s) #s +#else +/* Note one should never pass extra whitespace to the CONCATn macros, + e.g. CONCAT2(foo, bar) because traditonal C will keep the space between + the two labels instead of concatenating them. Instead, make sure to + write CONCAT2(foo,bar). */ +#define CONCAT2(a,b) a/**/b +#define CONCAT3(a,b,c) a/**/b/**/c +#define CONCAT4(a,b,c,d) a/**/b/**/c/**/d +#define STRINGX(s) "s" +#endif + +#define XCONCAT2(a,b) CONCAT2(a,b) +#define XCONCAT3(a,b,c) CONCAT3(a,b,c) +#define XCONCAT4(a,b,c,d) CONCAT4(a,b,c,d) + +/* Note the layer of indirection here is typically used to allow + stringification of the expansion of macros. I.e. "#define foo + bar", "XSTRING(foo)", to yield "bar". Be aware that this only + works for __STDC__, not for traditional C which will still resolve + to "foo". */ +#define XSTRING(s) STRINGX(s) + +#endif /* SYM_CAT_H */ diff --git a/gcc-4.4.3/include/xregex.h b/gcc-4.4.3/include/xregex.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..645195bbc --- /dev/null +++ b/gcc-4.4.3/include/xregex.h @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +/* This file redefines all regex external names before including + a renamed copy of glibc's regex.h. */ + +#ifndef _XREGEX_H +#define _XREGEX_H 1 + +# define regfree xregfree +# define regexec xregexec +# define regcomp xregcomp +# define regerror xregerror +# define re_set_registers xre_set_registers +# define re_match_2 xre_match_2 +# define re_match xre_match +# define re_search xre_search +# define re_compile_pattern xre_compile_pattern +# define re_set_syntax xre_set_syntax +# define re_search_2 xre_search_2 +# define re_compile_fastmap xre_compile_fastmap +# define re_syntax_options xre_syntax_options +# define re_max_failures xre_max_failures + +# define _REGEX_RE_COMP +# define re_comp xre_comp +# define re_exec xre_exec + +#include "xregex2.h" + +#endif /* xregex.h */ diff --git a/gcc-4.4.3/include/xregex2.h b/gcc-4.4.3/include/xregex2.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d3d0da14a --- /dev/null +++ b/gcc-4.4.3/include/xregex2.h @@ -0,0 +1,565 @@ +/* Definitions for data structures and routines for the regular + expression library, version 0.12. + + Copyright (C) 1985, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, + 1998, 2000, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This file is part of the GNU C Library. Its master source is NOT part of + the C library, however. The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib. + + The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. */ + +#ifndef _REGEX_H +#define _REGEX_H 1 + +/* Allow the use in C++ code. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* POSIX says that <sys/types.h> must be included (by the caller) before + <regex.h>. */ + +#if !defined _POSIX_C_SOURCE && !defined _POSIX_SOURCE && defined VMS +/* VMS doesn't have `size_t' in <sys/types.h>, even though POSIX says it + should be there. */ +# include <stddef.h> +#endif + +/* The following two types have to be signed and unsigned integer type + wide enough to hold a value of a pointer. For most ANSI compilers + ptrdiff_t and size_t should be likely OK. Still size of these two + types is 2 for Microsoft C. Ugh... */ +typedef long int s_reg_t; +typedef unsigned long int active_reg_t; + +/* The following bits are used to determine the regexp syntax we + recognize. The set/not-set meanings are chosen so that Emacs syntax + remains the value 0. The bits are given in alphabetical order, and + the definitions shifted by one from the previous bit; thus, when we + add or remove a bit, only one other definition need change. */ +typedef unsigned long int reg_syntax_t; + +/* If this bit is not set, then \ inside a bracket expression is literal. + If set, then such a \ quotes the following character. */ +#define RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS ((unsigned long int) 1) + +/* If this bit is not set, then + and ? are operators, and \+ and \? are + literals. + If set, then \+ and \? are operators and + and ? are literals. */ +#define RE_BK_PLUS_QM (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then character classes are supported. They are: + [:alpha:], [:upper:], [:lower:], [:digit:], [:alnum:], [:xdigit:], + [:space:], [:print:], [:punct:], [:graph:], and [:cntrl:]. + If not set, then character classes are not supported. */ +#define RE_CHAR_CLASSES (RE_BK_PLUS_QM << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then ^ and $ are always anchors (outside bracket + expressions, of course). + If this bit is not set, then it depends: + ^ is an anchor if it is at the beginning of a regular + expression or after an open-group or an alternation operator; + $ is an anchor if it is at the end of a regular expression, or + before a close-group or an alternation operator. + + This bit could be (re)combined with RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS, because + POSIX draft 11.2 says that * etc. in leading positions is undefined. + We already implemented a previous draft which made those constructs + invalid, though, so we haven't changed the code back. */ +#define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS (RE_CHAR_CLASSES << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then special characters are always special + regardless of where they are in the pattern. + If this bit is not set, then special characters are special only in + some contexts; otherwise they are ordinary. Specifically, + * + ? and intervals are only special when not after the beginning, + open-group, or alternation operator. */ +#define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then *, +, ?, and { cannot be first in an re or + immediately after an alternation or begin-group operator. */ +#define RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then . matches newline. + If not set, then it doesn't. */ +#define RE_DOT_NEWLINE (RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then . doesn't match NUL. + If not set, then it does. */ +#define RE_DOT_NOT_NULL (RE_DOT_NEWLINE << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, nonmatching lists [^...] do not match newline. + If not set, they do. */ +#define RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE (RE_DOT_NOT_NULL << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, either \{...\} or {...} defines an + interval, depending on RE_NO_BK_BRACES. + If not set, \{, \}, {, and } are literals. */ +#define RE_INTERVALS (RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, +, ? and | aren't recognized as operators. + If not set, they are. */ +#define RE_LIMITED_OPS (RE_INTERVALS << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, newline is an alternation operator. + If not set, newline is literal. */ +#define RE_NEWLINE_ALT (RE_LIMITED_OPS << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then `{...}' defines an interval, and \{ and \} + are literals. + If not set, then `\{...\}' defines an interval. */ +#define RE_NO_BK_BRACES (RE_NEWLINE_ALT << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, (...) defines a group, and \( and \) are literals. + If not set, \(...\) defines a group, and ( and ) are literals. */ +#define RE_NO_BK_PARENS (RE_NO_BK_BRACES << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then \<digit> matches <digit>. + If not set, then \<digit> is a back-reference. */ +#define RE_NO_BK_REFS (RE_NO_BK_PARENS << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then | is an alternation operator, and \| is literal. + If not set, then \| is an alternation operator, and | is literal. */ +#define RE_NO_BK_VBAR (RE_NO_BK_REFS << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then an ending range point collating higher + than the starting range point, as in [z-a], is invalid. + If not set, then when ending range point collates higher than the + starting range point, the range is ignored. */ +#define RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES (RE_NO_BK_VBAR << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then an unmatched ) is ordinary. + If not set, then an unmatched ) is invalid. */ +#define RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD (RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, succeed as soon as we match the whole pattern, + without further backtracking. */ +#define RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING (RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, do not process the GNU regex operators. + If not set, then the GNU regex operators are recognized. */ +#define RE_NO_GNU_OPS (RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, turn on internal regex debugging. + If not set, and debugging was on, turn it off. + This only works if regex.c is compiled -DDEBUG. + We define this bit always, so that all that's needed to turn on + debugging is to recompile regex.c; the calling code can always have + this bit set, and it won't affect anything in the normal case. */ +#define RE_DEBUG (RE_NO_GNU_OPS << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, a syntactically invalid interval is treated as + a string of ordinary characters. For example, the ERE 'a{1' is + treated as 'a\{1'. */ +#define RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD (RE_DEBUG << 1) + +/* This global variable defines the particular regexp syntax to use (for + some interfaces). When a regexp is compiled, the syntax used is + stored in the pattern buffer, so changing this does not affect + already-compiled regexps. */ +extern reg_syntax_t re_syntax_options; + +/* Define combinations of the above bits for the standard possibilities. + (The [[[ comments delimit what gets put into the Texinfo file, so + don't delete them!) */ +/* [[[begin syntaxes]]] */ +#define RE_SYNTAX_EMACS 0 + +#define RE_SYNTAX_AWK \ + (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS | RE_DOT_NOT_NULL \ + | RE_NO_BK_PARENS | RE_NO_BK_REFS \ + | RE_NO_BK_VBAR | RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES \ + | RE_DOT_NEWLINE | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS \ + | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD | RE_NO_GNU_OPS) + +#define RE_SYNTAX_GNU_AWK \ + ((RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED | RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS | RE_DEBUG) \ + & ~(RE_DOT_NOT_NULL | RE_INTERVALS | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS)) + +#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_AWK \ + (RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED | RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS \ + | RE_INTERVALS | RE_NO_GNU_OPS) + +#define RE_SYNTAX_GREP \ + (RE_BK_PLUS_QM | RE_CHAR_CLASSES \ + | RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE | RE_INTERVALS \ + | RE_NEWLINE_ALT) + +#define RE_SYNTAX_EGREP \ + (RE_CHAR_CLASSES | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS \ + | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS | RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE \ + | RE_NEWLINE_ALT | RE_NO_BK_PARENS \ + | RE_NO_BK_VBAR) + +#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EGREP \ + (RE_SYNTAX_EGREP | RE_INTERVALS | RE_NO_BK_BRACES \ + | RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD) + +/* P1003.2/D11.2, section 4.20.7.1, lines 5078ff. */ +#define RE_SYNTAX_ED RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC + +#define RE_SYNTAX_SED RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC + +/* Syntax bits common to both basic and extended POSIX regex syntax. */ +#define _RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON \ + (RE_CHAR_CLASSES | RE_DOT_NEWLINE | RE_DOT_NOT_NULL \ + | RE_INTERVALS | RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES) + +#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC \ + (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_BK_PLUS_QM) + +/* Differs from ..._POSIX_BASIC only in that RE_BK_PLUS_QM becomes + RE_LIMITED_OPS, i.e., \? \+ \| are not recognized. Actually, this + isn't minimal, since other operators, such as \`, aren't disabled. */ +#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_MINIMAL_BASIC \ + (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_LIMITED_OPS) + +#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED \ + (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS \ + | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS | RE_NO_BK_BRACES \ + | RE_NO_BK_PARENS | RE_NO_BK_VBAR \ + | RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD) + +/* Differs from ..._POSIX_EXTENDED in that RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS is + removed and RE_NO_BK_REFS is added. */ +#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_MINIMAL_EXTENDED \ + (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS \ + | RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS | RE_NO_BK_BRACES \ + | RE_NO_BK_PARENS | RE_NO_BK_REFS \ + | RE_NO_BK_VBAR | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD) +/* [[[end syntaxes]]] */ + +/* Maximum number of duplicates an interval can allow. Some systems + (erroneously) define this in other header files, but we want our + value, so remove any previous define. */ +#ifdef RE_DUP_MAX +# undef RE_DUP_MAX +#endif +/* If sizeof(int) == 2, then ((1 << 15) - 1) overflows. */ +#define RE_DUP_MAX (0x7fff) + + +/* POSIX `cflags' bits (i.e., information for `regcomp'). */ + +/* If this bit is set, then use extended regular expression syntax. + If not set, then use basic regular expression syntax. */ +#define REG_EXTENDED 1 + +/* If this bit is set, then ignore case when matching. + If not set, then case is significant. */ +#define REG_ICASE (REG_EXTENDED << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then anchors do not match at newline + characters in the string. + If not set, then anchors do match at newlines. */ +#define REG_NEWLINE (REG_ICASE << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then report only success or fail in regexec. + If not set, then returns differ between not matching and errors. */ +#define REG_NOSUB (REG_NEWLINE << 1) + + +/* POSIX `eflags' bits (i.e., information for regexec). */ + +/* If this bit is set, then the beginning-of-line operator doesn't match + the beginning of the string (presumably because it's not the + beginning of a line). + If not set, then the beginning-of-line operator does match the + beginning of the string. */ +#define REG_NOTBOL 1 + +/* Like REG_NOTBOL, except for the end-of-line. */ +#define REG_NOTEOL (1 << 1) + + +/* If any error codes are removed, changed, or added, update the + `re_error_msg' table in regex.c. */ +typedef enum +{ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE + REG_ENOSYS = -1, /* This will never happen for this implementation. */ +#endif + + REG_NOERROR = 0, /* Success. */ + REG_NOMATCH, /* Didn't find a match (for regexec). */ + + /* POSIX regcomp return error codes. (In the order listed in the + standard.) */ + REG_BADPAT, /* Invalid pattern. */ + REG_ECOLLATE, /* Not implemented. */ + REG_ECTYPE, /* Invalid character class name. */ + REG_EESCAPE, /* Trailing backslash. */ + REG_ESUBREG, /* Invalid back reference. */ + REG_EBRACK, /* Unmatched left bracket. */ + REG_EPAREN, /* Parenthesis imbalance. */ + REG_EBRACE, /* Unmatched \{. */ + REG_BADBR, /* Invalid contents of \{\}. */ + REG_ERANGE, /* Invalid range end. */ + REG_ESPACE, /* Ran out of memory. */ + REG_BADRPT, /* No preceding re for repetition op. */ + + /* Error codes we've added. */ + REG_EEND, /* Premature end. */ + REG_ESIZE, /* Compiled pattern bigger than 2^16 bytes. */ + REG_ERPAREN /* Unmatched ) or \); not returned from regcomp. */ +} reg_errcode_t; + +/* This data structure represents a compiled pattern. Before calling + the pattern compiler, the fields `buffer', `allocated', `fastmap', + `translate', and `no_sub' can be set. After the pattern has been + compiled, the `re_nsub' field is available. All other fields are + private to the regex routines. */ + +#ifndef RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE +# define RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE char * +#endif + +struct re_pattern_buffer +{ +/* [[[begin pattern_buffer]]] */ + /* Space that holds the compiled pattern. It is declared as + `unsigned char *' because its elements are + sometimes used as array indexes. */ + unsigned char *buffer; + + /* Number of bytes to which `buffer' points. */ + unsigned long int allocated; + + /* Number of bytes actually used in `buffer'. */ + unsigned long int used; + + /* Syntax setting with which the pattern was compiled. */ + reg_syntax_t syntax; + + /* Pointer to a fastmap, if any, otherwise zero. re_search uses + the fastmap, if there is one, to skip over impossible + starting points for matches. */ + char *fastmap; + + /* Either a translate table to apply to all characters before + comparing them, or zero for no translation. The translation + is applied to a pattern when it is compiled and to a string + when it is matched. */ + RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE translate; + + /* Number of subexpressions found by the compiler. */ + size_t re_nsub; + + /* Zero if this pattern cannot match the empty string, one else. + Well, in truth it's used only in `re_search_2', to see + whether or not we should use the fastmap, so we don't set + this absolutely perfectly; see `re_compile_fastmap' (the + `duplicate' case). */ + unsigned can_be_null : 1; + + /* If REGS_UNALLOCATED, allocate space in the `regs' structure + for `max (RE_NREGS, re_nsub + 1)' groups. + If REGS_REALLOCATE, reallocate space if necessary. + If REGS_FIXED, use what's there. */ +#define REGS_UNALLOCATED 0 +#define REGS_REALLOCATE 1 +#define REGS_FIXED 2 + unsigned regs_allocated : 2; + + /* Set to zero when `regex_compile' compiles a pattern; set to one + by `re_compile_fastmap' if it updates the fastmap. */ + unsigned fastmap_accurate : 1; + + /* If set, `re_match_2' does not return information about + subexpressions. */ + unsigned no_sub : 1; + + /* If set, a beginning-of-line anchor doesn't match at the + beginning of the string. */ + unsigned not_bol : 1; + + /* Similarly for an end-of-line anchor. */ + unsigned not_eol : 1; + + /* If true, an anchor at a newline matches. */ + unsigned newline_anchor : 1; + +/* [[[end pattern_buffer]]] */ +}; + +typedef struct re_pattern_buffer regex_t; + +/* Type for byte offsets within the string. POSIX mandates this. */ +typedef int regoff_t; + + +/* This is the structure we store register match data in. See + regex.texinfo for a full description of what registers match. */ +struct re_registers +{ + unsigned num_regs; + regoff_t *start; + regoff_t *end; +}; + + +/* If `regs_allocated' is REGS_UNALLOCATED in the pattern buffer, + `re_match_2' returns information about at least this many registers + the first time a `regs' structure is passed. */ +#ifndef RE_NREGS +# define RE_NREGS 30 +#endif + + +/* POSIX specification for registers. Aside from the different names than + `re_registers', POSIX uses an array of structures, instead of a + structure of arrays. */ +typedef struct +{ + regoff_t rm_so; /* Byte offset from string's start to substring's start. */ + regoff_t rm_eo; /* Byte offset from string's start to substring's end. */ +} regmatch_t; + +/* Declarations for routines. */ + +/* To avoid duplicating every routine declaration -- once with a + prototype (if we are ANSI), and once without (if we aren't) -- we + use the following macro to declare argument types. This + unfortunately clutters up the declarations a bit, but I think it's + worth it. */ + +/* Sets the current default syntax to SYNTAX, and return the old syntax. + You can also simply assign to the `re_syntax_options' variable. */ +extern reg_syntax_t re_set_syntax (reg_syntax_t syntax); + +/* Compile the regular expression PATTERN, with length LENGTH + and syntax given by the global `re_syntax_options', into the buffer + BUFFER. Return NULL if successful, and an error string if not. */ +extern const char *re_compile_pattern (const char *pattern, size_t length, + struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer); + + +/* Compile a fastmap for the compiled pattern in BUFFER; used to + accelerate searches. Return 0 if successful and -2 if was an + internal error. */ +extern int re_compile_fastmap (struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer); + + +/* Search in the string STRING (with length LENGTH) for the pattern + compiled into BUFFER. Start searching at position START, for RANGE + characters. Return the starting position of the match, -1 for no + match, or -2 for an internal error. Also return register + information in REGS (if REGS and BUFFER->no_sub are nonzero). */ +extern int re_search (struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string, + int length, int start, int range, + struct re_registers *regs); + + +/* Like `re_search', but search in the concatenation of STRING1 and + STRING2. Also, stop searching at index START + STOP. */ +extern int re_search_2 (struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string1, + int length1, const char *string2, int length2, + int start, int range, struct re_registers *regs, + int stop); + + +/* Like `re_search', but return how many characters in STRING the regexp + in BUFFER matched, starting at position START. */ +extern int re_match (struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string, + int length, int start, struct re_registers *regs); + + +/* Relates to `re_match' as `re_search_2' relates to `re_search'. */ +extern int re_match_2 (struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string1, + int length1, const char *string2, int length2, + int start, struct re_registers *regs, int stop); + + +/* Set REGS to hold NUM_REGS registers, storing them in STARTS and + ENDS. Subsequent matches using BUFFER and REGS will use this memory + for recording register information. STARTS and ENDS must be + allocated with malloc, and must each be at least `NUM_REGS * sizeof + (regoff_t)' bytes long. + + If NUM_REGS == 0, then subsequent matches should allocate their own + register data. + + Unless this function is called, the first search or match using + PATTERN_BUFFER will allocate its own register data, without + freeing the old data. */ +extern void re_set_registers (struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, + struct re_registers *regs, + unsigned num_regs, regoff_t *starts, + regoff_t *ends); + +#if defined _REGEX_RE_COMP || defined _LIBC +# ifndef _CRAY +/* 4.2 bsd compatibility. */ +extern char *re_comp (const char *); +extern int re_exec (const char *); +# endif +#endif + +/* GCC 2.95 and later have "__restrict"; C99 compilers have + "restrict", and "configure" may have defined "restrict". */ +#ifndef __restrict +# if ! (2 < __GNUC__ || (2 == __GNUC__ && 95 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)) +# if defined restrict || 199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__ +# define __restrict restrict +# else +# define __restrict +# endif +# endif +#endif + +/* GCC 3.1 and later support declaring arrays as non-overlapping + using the syntax array_name[restrict] */ +#ifndef __restrict_arr +# if ! (3 < __GNUC__ || (3 == __GNUC__ && 1 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)) || defined (__GNUG__) +# define __restrict_arr +# else +# define __restrict_arr __restrict +# endif +#endif + +/* POSIX compatibility. */ +extern int regcomp (regex_t *__restrict __preg, + const char *__restrict __pattern, + int __cflags); + +#if (__GNUC__) +__extension__ +#endif +extern int regexec (const regex_t *__restrict __preg, + const char *__restrict __string, size_t __nmatch, + regmatch_t __pmatch[__restrict_arr], + int __eflags); + +extern size_t regerror (int __errcode, const regex_t *__preg, + char *__errbuf, size_t __errbuf_size); + +extern void regfree (regex_t *__preg); + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif /* C++ */ + +#endif /* regex.h */ + +/* +Local variables: +make-backup-files: t +version-control: t +trim-versions-without-asking: nil +End: +*/ diff --git a/gcc-4.4.3/include/xtensa-config.h b/gcc-4.4.3/include/xtensa-config.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bc998156b --- /dev/null +++ b/gcc-4.4.3/include/xtensa-config.h @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ +/* Xtensa configuration settings. + Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Contributed by Bob Wilson (bwilson@tensilica.com) at Tensilica. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + +#ifndef XTENSA_CONFIG_H +#define XTENSA_CONFIG_H + +/* The macros defined here match those with the same names in the Xtensa + compile-time HAL (Hardware Abstraction Layer). Please refer to the + Xtensa System Software Reference Manual for documentation of these + macros. */ + +#undef XCHAL_HAVE_BE +#define XCHAL_HAVE_BE 1 + +#undef XCHAL_HAVE_DENSITY +#define XCHAL_HAVE_DENSITY 1 + +#undef XCHAL_HAVE_CONST16 +#define XCHAL_HAVE_CONST16 0 + +#undef XCHAL_HAVE_ABS +#define XCHAL_HAVE_ABS 1 + +#undef XCHAL_HAVE_ADDX +#define XCHAL_HAVE_ADDX 1 + +#undef XCHAL_HAVE_L32R +#define XCHAL_HAVE_L32R 1 + +#undef XSHAL_USE_ABSOLUTE_LITERALS +#define XSHAL_USE_ABSOLUTE_LITERALS 0 + +#undef XCHAL_HAVE_MAC16 +#define XCHAL_HAVE_MAC16 0 + +#undef XCHAL_HAVE_MUL16 +#define XCHAL_HAVE_MUL16 1 + +#undef XCHAL_HAVE_MUL32 +#define XCHAL_HAVE_MUL32 1 + +#undef XCHAL_HAVE_MUL32_HIGH +#define XCHAL_HAVE_MUL32_HIGH 0 + +#undef XCHAL_HAVE_DIV32 +#define XCHAL_HAVE_DIV32 1 + +#undef XCHAL_HAVE_NSA +#define XCHAL_HAVE_NSA 1 + +#undef XCHAL_HAVE_MINMAX +#define XCHAL_HAVE_MINMAX 1 + +#undef XCHAL_HAVE_SEXT +#define XCHAL_HAVE_SEXT 1 + +#undef XCHAL_HAVE_LOOPS +#define XCHAL_HAVE_LOOPS 1 + +#undef XCHAL_HAVE_THREADPTR +#define XCHAL_HAVE_THREADPTR 1 + +#undef XCHAL_HAVE_RELEASE_SYNC +#define XCHAL_HAVE_RELEASE_SYNC 1 + +#undef XCHAL_HAVE_S32C1I +#define XCHAL_HAVE_S32C1I 1 + +#undef XCHAL_HAVE_BOOLEANS +#define XCHAL_HAVE_BOOLEANS 0 + +#undef XCHAL_HAVE_FP +#define XCHAL_HAVE_FP 0 + +#undef XCHAL_HAVE_FP_DIV +#define XCHAL_HAVE_FP_DIV 0 + +#undef XCHAL_HAVE_FP_RECIP +#define XCHAL_HAVE_FP_RECIP 0 + +#undef XCHAL_HAVE_FP_SQRT +#define XCHAL_HAVE_FP_SQRT 0 + +#undef XCHAL_HAVE_FP_RSQRT +#define XCHAL_HAVE_FP_RSQRT 0 + +#undef XCHAL_HAVE_WINDOWED +#define XCHAL_HAVE_WINDOWED 1 + +#undef XCHAL_NUM_AREGS +#define XCHAL_NUM_AREGS 32 + +#undef XCHAL_HAVE_WIDE_BRANCHES +#define XCHAL_HAVE_WIDE_BRANCHES 0 + +#undef XCHAL_HAVE_PREDICTED_BRANCHES +#define XCHAL_HAVE_PREDICTED_BRANCHES 0 + + +#undef XCHAL_ICACHE_SIZE +#define XCHAL_ICACHE_SIZE 16384 + +#undef XCHAL_DCACHE_SIZE +#define XCHAL_DCACHE_SIZE 16384 + +#undef XCHAL_ICACHE_LINESIZE +#define XCHAL_ICACHE_LINESIZE 32 + +#undef XCHAL_DCACHE_LINESIZE +#define XCHAL_DCACHE_LINESIZE 32 + +#undef XCHAL_ICACHE_LINEWIDTH +#define XCHAL_ICACHE_LINEWIDTH 5 + +#undef XCHAL_DCACHE_LINEWIDTH +#define XCHAL_DCACHE_LINEWIDTH 5 + +#undef XCHAL_DCACHE_IS_WRITEBACK +#define XCHAL_DCACHE_IS_WRITEBACK 1 + + +#undef XCHAL_HAVE_MMU +#define XCHAL_HAVE_MMU 1 + +#undef XCHAL_MMU_MIN_PTE_PAGE_SIZE +#define XCHAL_MMU_MIN_PTE_PAGE_SIZE 12 + + +#undef XCHAL_HAVE_DEBUG +#define XCHAL_HAVE_DEBUG 1 + +#undef XCHAL_NUM_IBREAK +#define XCHAL_NUM_IBREAK 2 + +#undef XCHAL_NUM_DBREAK +#define XCHAL_NUM_DBREAK 2 + +#undef XCHAL_DEBUGLEVEL +#define XCHAL_DEBUGLEVEL 6 + + +#undef XCHAL_MAX_INSTRUCTION_SIZE +#define XCHAL_MAX_INSTRUCTION_SIZE 3 + +#undef XCHAL_INST_FETCH_WIDTH +#define XCHAL_INST_FETCH_WIDTH 4 + + +#undef XSHAL_ABI +#undef XTHAL_ABI_WINDOWED +#undef XTHAL_ABI_CALL0 +#define XSHAL_ABI XTHAL_ABI_WINDOWED +#define XTHAL_ABI_WINDOWED 0 +#define XTHAL_ABI_CALL0 1 + +#endif /* !XTENSA_CONFIG_H */ |